Freedom Series Data

NEMA Contactors and Starters
NEMA AN16DN0AB NEMA Size 1 Starter
28.1
Freedom Series
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features, Benets and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ContactorsNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . StartersThree-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . StartersSingle-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RelaysThermal Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T28-2 V5-T28-2 V5-T28-3 V5-T28-3 V5-T28-4 V5-T28-10 V5-T28-15 V5-T28-21 V5-T28-30 V5-T28-35 V5-T28-39 V5-T28-49
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
NEMA Size 1 Contactor
28.2
A200 Series
ContactorsNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . StartersNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RelaysThermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RelaysCurrent Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T28-64 V5-T28-70 V5-T28-91 V5-T28-93 V5-T28-96 V5-T28-99 V5-T28-102 V5-T28-104
28.3
SolenoidsAlternating Current
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T28-107 V5-T28-107 V5-T28-108 V5-T28-109
28.4
Shoe BrakesAC and DC Magnetic

Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T28-110 V5-T28-110 V5-T28-110 V5-T28-111 V5-T28-113
28.5
Reference Data
IEC Utilization Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Annex A (informative) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Ratings Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T28-115 V5-T28-116 V5-T28-118
Drawings Online
Volume 5Motor Control and Protection CA08100006EMay 2011 www.eaton.com
V5-T28-1
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-2 Freedom Series

Freedom Series
Contents
Description Technical Data and Specications Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ContactorsNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . StartersThree-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . StartersSingle-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . RelaysThermal Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . Page V5-T28-3 V5-T28-3 V5-T28-4 V5-T28-10 V5-T28-15 V5-T28-21 V5-T28-30 V5-T28-35 V5-T28-39 V5-T28-49
Product Overview
Freedom Series starters and contactors feature a compact, space-saving design, using state-of-the-art technology and the latest in high strength, impact and temperature resistant insulating materials.
Features, Benets and Functions

Freedom NEMA
G
Adjustable bimetallic ambient compensated overload relays with interchangeable heater packsavailable in three basic sizes, covering applications up to 900 hpreducing the number of different contactor/overload relay combinations that have to be stocked. Fixed heater overloads are optional Electronic overload relay (C440) available as a standalone unit and assembled with Freedom Contactor A full line of snap-on accessories top and side mounted auxiliary contacts, solid-state and pneumatic timers, etc. Straight-through wiring line lugs at top, load lugs at bottom Horizontal or vertical mounting on upright panel for application freedom Screw type power terminals have captive, backed-out self-lifting pressure plates with screwsreduced wiring time
Accessible terminals for easy wiring. Optional ngerproof shields available to prevent electrical shock Top located coil terminals convenient and readily accessible. 45 mm contactor magnet coils have three terminals, permitting either top or diagonal wiringeasy to replace European or U.S. style starters or contactors without changing wiring layout Designed to meet or exceed NEMA, UL, CSA, VDE, BS and other international standards and listings American engineering built by Eaton, using the latest in statistical process control methods to produce high quality, reliable products Sized based on standard NEMA classications Easy coil change and inspectable/replaceable contacts Available in open and NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4/4X and 12 enclosures

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Standards and Certications

G
Standard: designed to meet or exceed UL, NEMA, IEC, CSA, VDE and BS UL listed: UL File #E1491, Guide #NLDXOpen and NEMA 1, 4, 12 Enclosed CSA Certied: CSA File #LR353, Class #321104 Open and NEMA 1 Enclosed
ISO 9000 Certication

When you turn to Eatons products, you turn to quality. The International Standards Organization (ISO) has established a series of standards acknowledged by 91 industrialized nations to bring harmony to the international quest for quality. The ISO certification process covers 20 quality system elements in design, production and installation that must conform to achieve registration. This commitment to quality will result in increased product reliability and total customer satisfaction.
Short Circuit Protection

Fuses and Inverse-Time Circuit Breakers may be selected per Article 430, Part D of the National Electrical Code to protect motor branch circuits from fault conditions. If higher ratings or settings are required to start the motor, do not exceed the maximum as listed in Exception No. 2, Article 430-52.
Catalog Number Selection

Freedom Series
A N 1 9 A N 0 A 5E 005
Device Type A = Starter C = Contactor Standard E = IEC N = NEMA C440 OLR Designation (FVNR and FVR only) 5E = Standard feature set SEL Reset, SEL Class (10A, 10, 20, 30) 5G = Ground fault feature set SEL Reset, SEL Class (10, 20) AC Coil Suffix Coil Volts and Hertz = 120/60 or 110/50 = 240/60 or 220/50 = 480/60 or 440/50 = 600/60 or 550/50 = 208/60 = 277/60 = 208 240/60 = 240/50 = 380 415/50 = 550/50 = 24/60, 24/50 = 24/50 = 32/50 = 48/60 = 48/50 C440 FLA Range (FVNR and FVR only) NEMA Size 00 1P6 = 0.331.65A 005 = 15A 020 = 420A NEMA Size 0 1P6 = 0.331.65A 005 = 15A 020 = 420A NEMA Size 1 1P6 = 0.331.65A 005 = 15A 020 = 420A 045 = 945A NEMA Size 2 005 = 15A 020 = 420A 045 = 945A NEMA Size 3 100 = 20100A NEMA Size 4 300 = 60300A NEMA Size 5 300 = 60300A
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Device Assembly Configuration 70 = Multi-speed 1 = Non-reversing 5 = Reversing
OLR Type 5 = Contactor onlyno overload relay 6 = Starter w/C306 bi-metal OLR 9 = Starter w/C440 electronic overload
Contactor Frame Size NEMA Continuous Size Amperes A = 00 9 B = 0 18 D = 1 27 G = 2 45 K = 3 90 N= 4 135 S = 5 270 T = 6 540 U = 7 810 V = 8 1215
NEMA Enclosure N = Open For Starters Starter Mounting Option 0 = Horizontal V = Vertical For Contactors Only 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole 5 = Five-pole
Suffix A B C D E H J K L N T U V W Y
Notes For contactor only orders, add B to end of catalog number if NEMA Size 002, 6. NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 18 are 24/60 only. NEMA Sizes 4 and 5 require the use of CTs with 1-5A OL relay. Size 4 starters are not shipped as assembled units. Order CN15NN01 contactor and 15A OL (C440A1A005SAX or C440A2A005SAX) with 60300A CTs (ZEB-XCT300).
V5-T28-3
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-4

Freedom Series
Non-Reversing and Reversing Contactors
Contents
Description ContactorsNon-Reversing and Reversing Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kits and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts Publication Numbers. . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . StartersThree-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . StartersSingle-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . RelaysThermal Overload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V5-T28-5 V5-T28-6 V5-T28-6 V5-T28-7 V5-T28-8 V5-T28-10 V5-T28-15 V5-T28-21 V5-T28-30 V5-T28-35 V5-T28-39
ContactorsNon-Reversing and Reversing

Product Description
Non-Reversing Contactors are most commonly used to switch motor loads in applications where running overcurrent protection is either not required or is provided separately. Contactors consist of a magnetically actuated switch which can be remotely operated by a pushbutton station or pilot device such as a proximity switch, limit switch, float switch, auxiliary contacts, etc. Reversing Reversing contactors are used primarily for reversing single- or three-phase motors in applications where running overcurrent protection is either not required or is provided separately. They consist of two contactors mechanically and electrically interlocked to prevent line shorts and energization of both contactors simultaneously.

G
Designed specically for use in applications requiring NEMA ratings. Contactors meet or exceed NEMA standards ICS 2-1993 Long life twin break, silver cadmium oxide contactsprovide excellent conductivity and superior resistance to welding and arc erosion Designed to 3,000,000 electrical operations at maximum hp ratings up through 25 hp at 600V Steel mounting plate standard on all open type contactors
Non-Reversing G Holding circuit contact(s) supplied as standard: G Sizes 003 have NO auxiliary contact block mounted on right hand side (on Size 00, contact occupies 4th power pole positionno increase in width) G Sizes 45 have a NO contact block mounted on left side G Sizes 67 have a 2NO/2NC contact block on top left G Size 8 has a NO/NC contact block on top left back and a NO contact block on top right back Reversing G One NO-NC side mounted interlock supplied as standard on each contactor for Sizes 008

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28
Product Selection
Three-Pole Contactors Type CN15/CN55 NEMA ContactorsNon-Reversing and Reversing
NEMA Size 00 0 1 NEMA Size 0 CN15BN3AB 2 3 4 5 6 7 NEMA Size 3 CN15KN3A 8 Continuous Ampere Rating 9 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 810 1215 Maximum UL Horsepower Single-Phase Three-Phase 115V 230V 208V 240V 1/3 1 2 3 1 2 3 7-1/2 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 200 400 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 300 450 Non-Reversing Catalog Number CN15AN3_B CN15BN3_B CN15DN3_B CN15GN3_B CN15KN3_ CN15NN3_ CN15SN3_ CN15TN3_B CN15UN3_ CN15VN3_ Reversing Catalog Number CN55AN3_B CN55BN3_B CN55DN3_B CN55GN3_B CN55KN3_ CN55NN3_ CN55SN3_ CN55TN3_B CN55UN3_ CN55VN3_
NEMA Size 00 CN55AN3AB
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
480V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900
600V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900
Magnet CoilsAC and DC Contactor coils listed in this section also have a 50 Hz rating as shown in the adjacent table. Select required contactor by catalog number and replace the magnet coil alpha AC Sufx
Coil Volts and Hertz 120/60 or 110/50 240/60 or 220/50 480/60 or 440/50 600/60 or 550/50 208/60 277/60 208240/60 240/50
28
designation in the catalog number (_) with the proper code suffix from the table. For Sizes 002, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the next to the last digit of the listed catalog number. EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil, change CN15AN3_B to CN15AN3LB. For all other sizes, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the last digit of the listed catalog number. For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories, Pages V5-T28-28 and V5-T28-29.
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Code Sufx A B C D E H J K
Coil Volts and Hertz 380415/50 550/50 24/60, 24/50 24/50 32/50 48/60 48/50
Code Sufx L N T U V W Y
Notes Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications: NEMA Size Horsepower 00 0 1 10 2 25 3 50 4 75 5 150 6 300 7 600 8 900 1-1/2 5
28 28 28 28
Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed catalog number. Example:CN15VND3C. NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 18 are 24/60 only.
V5-T28-5
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-6
G G

Freedom Series
Two-, Four- and Five-Pole Contactors Type CN15 NEMA ContactorsNon-Reversing

Continuous Ampere Rating 9 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 Maximum UL Horsepower Single-Phase (Two-Pole) 115V 230V 1/3 1 2 3 1 2 3 7-1/2 Two-Pole Non-Reversing Three-Phase 208V 240V 1-1/2 2 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 480V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 Catalog Number CN15AN2_B CN15BN2_B CN15DN2_B CN15GN2_B CN15KN2_ CN15NN2_ CN15SN2_ CN15TN2_B Four-Pole Non-Reversing Catalog Number CN15AN4_B CN15DN4_B CN15GN4_B Five-Pole Non-Reversing Catalog Number CN15DN5_B CN15GN5_B
NEMA Size 2 Five-Pole Contactor CN15GN5AB
NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Magnet CoilsAC and DC Select required starter by catalog number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation in the catalog number (_) with the proper code suffix from the table. AC Sufx
For Sizes 002, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the next to the last digit of the listed catalog number. EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil, change CN15BN3_B
to CN15BN3LB. For all other sizes, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the last digit of the listed catalog number.
For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories, Pages V5-T28-28 and V5-T28-29.
Coil Volts and Hertz 380415/50 550/50 24/60, 24/50 24/50 32/50 48/60 48/50
Code Sufx L N T U V W Y
Kits and Accessories

G
Auxiliary contacts, contactor mounted Pages V5-T28-25 to V5-T28-27 Transient suppressor, for magnet coilPage V5-T28-24 Timerssolid-state and pneumatic, mount on contactorPage V5-T28-22
Publication Numbers G See Page V5-T28-30
Renewal Parts
Notes NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 18 are 24/60 only.

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Technical Data and Specications

Wire (75C) SizesAWG or kcmilOpen and Enclosed
NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Power Terminals Line or Load 1216 stranded; 1214 solid Cu 816 stranded; 1014 solid Cu 814 stranded or solid Cu 314 (upper) and/or 614 (lower) stranded or solid 1/014 Cu/Al 250 mcm6 750 kcmil2, or (2) 250 kcmil3/0 Cu/Al (2) 750 kcmil3/0 Cu/Al (3) 750 kcmil3/0 Cu/Al (4) 750 kcmil4/0 Cu/Al Cu Control Terminals Cu Only 1216 stranded 1214 solid
Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings

NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 200V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 25 60 125 230V 1/2 1-1/2 3 10 20 30 75 150 460V 1/2 2 5 15 30 60 150 300 575V 1/2 2 5 15 30 60 150 300
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Notes Two compartment box lug. Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period. NEMA standard ICS 2-1993 table 2-4-3.
V5-T28-7
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
A U X Top Mtd. Aux. A U E X G A U X Top Mtd. Aux. A U E X

Freedom Series
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Non-Reversing ContactorsOpen Type
G A G F G C A G F G C A G F C
Top Mtd. Aux.
Side Mtd. Aux.
A U X
Top Mtd. Aux.
A U E X
Top Side Mtd. Mtd. Aux. Aux.
A U X
Top Mtd. Aux.
A U E X
Top Mtd. Aux.
Side Mtd. Aux.
Auxiliary Contacts Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws Sizes 00, Two- to Four-Pole A G F
Auxiliary Contacts Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws Sizes 02, Two- and Three-Pole D A C C
Auxiliary Contacts Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws Sizes 02, Two- and Three-Pole D A C
Top Mtd. Aux.
Side Mtd. Aux.
Side Mtd. Aux.
Auxiliary Contacts Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws Sizes 12, Five-Pole
Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-20 Screws Size 3 A C
Mtg. Holes for (3) Screws Sizes 45
Mtg. Holes for (2) 5/16-18 Screws
D Size 6
Mtg. Slots for (2) 5/16-18 Screws
Dimensions and Shipping Weights

NEMA Size 00 0 12 12 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 Number of Poles 24 23 23 4 5 23 23 23 3 3 3 Wide A 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 2.56 (65.0) 3.44 (87.4) 4.32 (109.7) 4.08 (103.6) 7.05 (179.1) 7.05 (179.1) 8.63 (219.2) 11.02 (279.9) 13.00 (330.2) High B 3.88 (98.6) 3.88 (98.6) 5.05 (128.3) 5.05 (128.3) 5.05 (128.3) 7.17 (182.1) 9.11 (231.4) 13.12 (333.2) 13.54 (343.9) 19.30 (490.2) 24.50 (622.3) Deep C 3.49 (88.6) 3.49 (88.6) 4.44 (112.8) 4.44 (112.8) 4.44 (112.8) 5.94 (150.9) 7.25 (184.2) 7.78 (197.6) 8.88 (225.6) 11.46 (291.1) 13.63 (346.2) Mounting D 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 4.33 (110.0) 6.89 (175.0) 4.22 (107.2) Mounting E 3.38 (85.9) 3.38 (85.9) 4.50 (114.3) 4.50 (114.3) 4.50 (114.3) 6.63 (168.4) 8.50 (215.9) 12.50 (317.5) 8.63 (219.2) 11.02 (279.9) 14.86 (377.4) F 4.62 (117.3) 4.62 (117.3) 5.80 (147.3) 5.80 (147.3) 5.80 (147.3) G 0.54 (13.7) 0.54 (13.7) 0.54 (13.7) 0.54 (13.7) 0.54 (13.7) Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 1.7 (0.7) 1.8 (0.8) 3.1 (1.4) 3.6 (1.6) 4.0 (1.8) 8.5 (3.9) 20.0 (9.1) 23.0 (10.4) 35.0 (15.9) 100.0 (45.4) 160.0 (72.6)
Note Center mounting slot at bottom supplied only on Size 00 and 0 contactors.
V5-T28-8

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28
B
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Reversing ContactorsOpen Type

G A G F C A C
A U X
Top Mtd. Aux.
Top Mtd. Aux.
A U X E
Top Mtd. Aux.
Side Mtd. Aux.
28 28 28 28 28 28
B
Auxiliary Contacts Mtg. Holes for (3) #10-32 Screws Sizes 002 C
Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-20 Screws Size 3
28 28 28 28 28 28 28
D Mtg. for (4) 1/4-20 Screws Sizes 45
Mtg. Holes for (6) 1/2-13 Screws Open TypeSizes 78 Horizontal
28 28 28
D Size 6
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28

NEMA Size 000 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 Wide A 4.20 (106.7) 5.71 (145.0) 8.70 (221.0) 14.68 (372.9) 14.50 (368.3) 19.77 (502.2) 28.00 (711.2) 30.13 (765.3) High B 4.35 (110.5) 5.05 (128.3) 7.17 (182.1) 9.11 (231.4) 12.25 (311.2) 16.61 (421.9) 26.75 (679.5) 39.00 (990.6) Deep C 3.52 (89.4) 4.44 (112.8) 5.94 (150.9) 7.25 (184.2) 7.78 (197.6) 9.90 (251.5) 12.75 (323.9) 14.69 (373.1) Mounting D 3.50 (88.9) 5.25 (133.4) 7.00 (177.8) 13.50 (342.9) 13.50 (342.9) 18.00 (457.2) 12.75 (323.9) 14.13 (358.9) Mounting E 3.86 (98.0) 3.63 (92.2) 6.63 (168.4) 8.50 (215.9) 11.50 (292.1) 12.00 (304.8) 11.00 (279.4) 15.00 (381.0) F 4.90 (124.5) 5.80 (147.3) G 0.54 (13.7) 0.54 (13.7) Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 3.3 (1.5) 7.8 (3.5) 17.0 (7.7) 47.0 (21.3) 63.0 (28.6) 80.0 (36.3) 260.0 (118.0) 350.0 (158.9)
Note Includes cross wiring.
V5-T28-9
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-10

Freedom Series
Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage Starters
Contents
Description ContactorsNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . StartersThree-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kits and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts Publication Numbers. . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . StartersSingle-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . RelaysThermal Overload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V5-T28-4
V5-T28-11 V5-T28-13 V5-T28-13 V5-T28-13 V5-T28-14 V5-T28-15 V5-T28-21 V5-T28-30 V5-T28-35 V5-T28-39 V5-T28-49
StartersThree-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage

Product Description
Non-Reversing Three-phase, full voltage magnetic starters are most commonly used to switch AC motor loads. Starters consist of a magnetically actuated switch (contactor) and an overload relay assembled together. Reversing Three-phase, full voltage magnetic starters are used primarily for reversing of three-phase squirrel cage motors. They consist of two contactors and a single overload relay assembled together. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked to prevent line shorts and energization of both contactors simultaneously.

G
Bimetallic ambient compensated overload relaysavailable in three basic sizes covering applications up to 900 hp reducing number of different contactor/overload relay combinations that have to be stocked These overload relays feature: G Selectable manual or automatic reset operation G Interchangeable heater packs adjustable 24% to match motor FLA and calibrated for 1.0 and 1.15 service factors. Heater packs for smaller overload relay will mount in larger overload relayuseful in derating applications such as jogging G Load lugs built into relay base G Single-phase protection, Class 20 or Class 10 trip time G Overload trip indication G Electrically isolated NO-NC contacts (pull RESET button to test)
The C440 is a selfpowered, robust electronic overload designed for integrated use with Freedom NEMA contactors G Tiered feature set to provide coverage specic to your application G Broad 5: 1 FLA range for maximum exibility G Coverage from 0.051500A to meet all your needs Long life twin break, silver cadmium oxide contactsprovide excellent conductivity and superior resistance to welding and arc erosion. Generously sized for low resistance and cool operation Designed to 3,000,000 electrical operations at maximum hp ratings up through 25 hp at 600V Steel mounting plate standard on all open type starters Wired for separate or common control
Non-Reversing G Holding circuit contact(s) supplied as standard: G Sizes 003 have a NO auxiliary contact block mounted on right-hand side (on Size 00, contact occupies 4th power pole positionno increase in width) G Sizes 45 have a NO contact block mounted on left side G Sizes 67 have a 2NO/2NC contact block on top left G Size 8 has a NO/NC contact block on top left back and a NO on top right back Reversing G Each contactor (Size 008) supplied with one NO-NC side mounted contact block as standard. NC contacts are wired as electrical interlocks

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Product Selection
When Ordering Supply G Catalog number G Heater pack number (see selection table, Pages V5-T28-41 to V5-T28-43) or full load current
Size 0 Non-Reversing Starter
Type AN16/AN56 NEMAManual or Automatic Reset Overload RelayNon-Reversing and Reversing

Continuous Ampere Rating 9 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 810 1215 Service-Limit Current Rating (Amperes) 11 21 32 52 104 156 311 621 932 1400 Maximum UL Horsepower Single-Phase Three-Phase 115V 1/3 1 2 3 230V 1 2 3 7-1/2 208V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 200 400 240V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 300 450 480V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900 600V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900 Three-Pole Non-Reversing Catalog Number AN16AN0_C AN16BN0_C AN16DN0_B AN16GN0_B AN16KN0_ AN16NN0_ AN16SN0_B AN16TN0_C AN16UN0_B AN16VN0_B Three-Pole Reversing Catalog Number AN56AN0_C AN56BN0_C AN56DN0_B AN56GN0_B AN56KN0_ AN56NN0_ AN56SN0_B AN56TN0_C AN56UN0_B AN56VN0_B Vertical Reversing Catalog Number AN56BNV0_ AN56DNV0_ AN56GNV0_ AN56KNV0_ AN56NNV0_
NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 Size 1 Reversing Starter 3 4 5 6 7 8
Magnet CoilsAC or DC Starter coils listed in this section also have a 50 Hz rating as shown in the adjacent table. Select required starter by catalog number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation AC Sufx
in the catalog number (_) with the proper code suffix from the table. For Sizes 002 and 58, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the next to last digit of the listed catalog number.
EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil, change AN16BN0_C to AN16BN0LC. For all other sizes, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the last digit of the listed catalog number.
For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories, Pages V5-T28-28 and V5-T28-29.
Coil Volts and Hertz 380415/50 550/50 24/60, 24/50 24/50 32/50 48/60 48/50 48/50
Code Sufx L N T U V W Y Y
Notes Starter catalog numbers do not include heater packs. Select one carton of three heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages V5-T28-41 to V5-T28-43. Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications: NEMA Size Horsepower 00 0 1 10 2 25 3 50 4 75 5 150 6 300 7 600 8 900 1-1/2 5
Underscore (_) indicates coil sufx required, see AC Sufx table. The service-limit current ratings represent the maximum rms current, in amperes, which the controller shall be permitted to carry for protracted periods in normal service. At service-limit current ratings, temperature rises shall be permitted to exceed those obtained by testing the controller at its continuous current rating. The current rating of overload relays or trip current of other motor protective devices used shall not exceed the service-limit current rating of the controller. Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed catalog number. Example: AN56VND0CB. NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 18 are 24/60 only.
V5-T28-11
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-12 One-Winding AN700DN0218 One-Winding AN700BN0218 Two-Winding AN700DN022

Freedom Series
Two-Speed Selective Control When Ordering Supply G Catalog number plus magnet coil code sufx. Example: Size 0 AN700BN022B G Heater pack number or full load current for each speed For two-speed other than selective control:
G
Catalog number plus magnet coil code sufx and option required. Example: AN700BN022B except compelling Heater pack number or full load current for each speed
Note: Two-speed starters are designed for starting and controlling both separate (two-winding) and reconnectable (one-winding) motors. Separate winding, WYE-WYE motors have a separate winding for each speed. Reconnectable, consequent pole motors use the same winding for both speeds. All standard starters are wired for selective control.
Separate Winding
Maximum Horsepower60/50 Hertz Constant or Variable Torque 115V 200V 230V 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 Constant Horsepower 115V 200V 1 2 2 5 7-1/2 20 30 60 NEMA Size 0 1 2 3 4 5 Open Type Catalog Number AN700BN022_ AN700DN022_ AN700GN022_ AN700KN022_ AN700NN022_ AN700SN022_
460V/575V 5 10 25 50 100 200
230V 2 5 10 25 40 75
460/575V 3 7-1/2 20 40 75 150
Prices of starters do not include heater packs. Select two packs (two overload relays, one for each speed). Heater pack selection, Pages V5-T28-41 to V5-T28-43.
Reconnectable Winding
Maximum Horsepower60/50 Hertz Constant or Variable Torque 115V 200V 230V 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 Constant Horsepower 115V 200V 230V 1 2 2 5 7-1/2 20 30 2 5 10 25 40 NEMA Size 0 1 2 3 4 Open Type Constant or Variable Torque Catalog Number AN700BN0218_ AN700DN0218_ AN700GN0218_ AN700KN0218_ AN700NN0218_ Constant Horsepower Catalog Number AN700BN0219_ AN700DN0219_ AN700GN0219_ AN700KN0219_ AN700NN0219_
460V/575V 5 10 25 50 100
460/575V 3 7-1/2 20 40 75
Prices of starters do not include heater packs. Select two packs (two overload relays, one for each speed). Heater pack selection, Pages V5-T28-41 to V5-T28-43.
Magnetic CoilsAC or DC
Coil Voltage and Hz 120/60 or 110/50 240/60 or 220/50 480/60 or 440/50 600/60 or 550/50 208/60 Code Sufx A B C D E Coil Voltage and Hz 277/60 208240/60 240/50 380415/50 550/50 Code Sufx H J K L N Coil Voltage and Hz 24/60, 24/50 24/50 32/50 48/60 48/50 Code Sufx T U V W Y
Notes If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit(s) may be required for circuit protection per NEC 530-072. NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 15 are 24/60 only.

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Kits and Accessories

G
Auxiliary contacts, contactor mounted Pages V5-T28-25 to V5-T28-27 Transient suppressor, for magnet coilPage V5-T28-24 Timerssolid-state and
pneumatic, mount on contactorPage V5-T28-22
Renewal Parts Publication Numbers

G
See Page V5-T28-30

Wire (75C) SizesAWG or kcmilNEMA Sizes 002Open and Enclosed
NEMA Size Power TerminalsLine 00 0 1 2 000 12 Control TerminalsCu Only 1216 AWG stranded, 1214 AWG solid 1216 AWG stranded, 1214 AWG solid 816 AWG stranded, 1014 AWG solid 814 AWG stranded or solid 314 AWG (upper) and/or 614 AWG (lower) stranded or solid 146 AWG stranded or solid 142 AWG stranded or solid Wire Size Cu Only
Power TerminalsLoadCu Only (stranded or solid)
Wire (75C) SizesAWG or kcmilNEMA Sizes 38Open and Enclosed

NEMA Size Wire Size Power TerminalsLine and Load 3 4 5 6 7 8 Control TerminalsCu Only 1216 AWG stranded, 1214 AWG solid 1/014 AWG Cu/Al Open3/08 AWG Cu; Enclosed250 kcmil6 AWG Cu/Al 750 kcmil2 AWG; or (2) 250 kcmil3/0 AWG Cu/Al (2) 750 kcmil3/0 AWG Cu/Al (3) 750 kcmil3/0 AWG Cu/Al (4) 750 kcmil1/0 AWG Cu/Al

NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 200V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 25 60 125 230V 1/2 1-1/2 3 10 20 30 75 150 460V 1/2 2 5 15 30 60 150 300 575V 1/2 2 5 15 30 60 150 300
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-13
Notes Minimum per NEC. Maximum wire size: Sizes 00 and 0 to 8 AWG and Sizes 12 to 2 AWG. Two compartment box lug. Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute, or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period. NEMA Standard ICS2-1993 table 2-4-3.
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-14 Separate Control 1 Separate Control

Freedom Series
Wiring Diagrams
Three-Phase and Single-Phase Applications
L1 L2 1 L3 2 Remote Pilot Devices Two-Wire 3 Control 1 Not for Use with Auto Reset OL Relays Three-Wire Start Control 3 2 Stop 1 Start Stop A Start Stop 3 2 1 L1 L2
A1 A2 A2
Remove Wire c when it is supplied. c Connect separate control lines to the T3 No. 1 Terminal on T1 T2 T1 T2 T3 the remote pilot device and Terminal 96 on the overload relay. Motor
3 98 97 96 95
T1
T2
When more than one pushbutton station is used, omit Connector A and connect per sketch. NEMA Size 00
Field Conversion to Single-Phase, Add Dotted Connections T1 T2
Motor L1 L2
L1 L2 A1 A2
L3
c 2 3 98 97 96 95
Remote Pilot Devices Two-Wire 3 Control 1 Not for Use with Auto Reset OL Relays Three-Wire Start Control 3 2 Stop 1 When more than one pushbutton station is used, omit Connector A and connect per sketch. Start Stop A Start Stop 3 2 1
Remove Wire c when it is supplied. Connect separate control lines to the No. 1 Terminal on T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3 the remote pilot device and Terminal 96 on the overload relay. Motor
T1
T2
Field Conversion to Single-Phase, Add Dotted Connections T1 T2
NEMA Sizes 0, 1 and 2
Motor

Freedom Series
28.1
Page V5-T28-4 V5-T28-10
NEMA Size 1BN15DN0AB
Contents
Description ContactorsNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . StartersThree-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . StartersSingle-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . RelaysThermal Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . .
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-16 V5-T28-16 V5-T28-17 V5-T28-21 V5-T28-30 V5-T28-35 V5-T28-39 V5-T28-49
StartersSingle-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload

Product Description
Single-phase, full voltage magnetic starters connect the motor directly across the line, allowing it to draw full inrush current during start-up. These starters are most commonly used for control of self-starting single-phase motors up to 15 hp at 230V. They consist of a two-pole electromagnetic contactor to make and break the motor power circuit and an overload relay to provide running overload protection. Starters listed in the table include:
G G
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Two-pole Freedom Series contactor with long life twin break, silver cadmium oxide contacts. Generously sized for low resistance and cool operation. Designed to 3 million electrical operations at maximum hp and 30 million mechanical operations to Size 0, 10 million operations to Size 2 and 6 million operations to Size 3
Three-pole Freedom Series overload with poles two and three wired in series for motor overload protection. This overload is ambient compensated, selectable manual or automatic reset, interchangeable Class 10 or 20 heater packs, 1.0 or 1.15 service factor selectability, overload trip indication and electrically isolated NO-NC contacts (pull RESET button to test) Holding circuit NO auxiliary contact supplied as standard. On Size 00, the contact occupies the 4th power pole position. Sizes 03 have the NO auxiliary mounted on the right side of the contactor Steel mounting plate as standard on all open type starters. Wired for separate or common control
V5-T28-15
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-16 OL 2/T1 4/T2 T1 2 T2 4

Freedom Series
Product Selection
When Ordering Specify G Catalog number G Heater pack number (see selection table, Pages V5-T28-41 to V5-T28-43) or full load current
BN16DM0AB
Type BN16 NEMAManual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay

NEMA Size 00 0 1 1P 2 3 Maximum Horsepower Motor Voltage 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 Single-Phase 1/3 1 1 2 2 3 3 5 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 Magnet Coil Voltage (60 Hz) 120 240 120 240 120 240 120 240 120 240 120 240 Open Type Two-Pole Catalog Number BN16AN0AC BN16AN0BC BN16BN0AC BN16BN0BC BN16DN0AB BN16DN0BB BN16PN0AB BN16PN0BB BN16GN0AB BN16GN0BB BN16KN0A BN16KN0B
Starter catalog numbers do not include heater packs. Select one carton of three heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages V5-T28-41 to V5-T28-43. Notes For separate 120V control circuit. For maximum hp at listed motor voltages, use the rating of other starters of same size.
Wiring Diagrams
Single-Phase Applications (Factory Wired)
1 L1 1 M AC Lines 3 L2 C T1 2/13 3/14 98 97 96 Reset 95 T2
A1
A2
Single-Phase Motor 3/14 1 Not for Use with Auto Reset OL Relays Two-Wire Control When more than one pushbutton station is used, omit Connector A and connect per sketch at right. START STOP 3/14 2/13 1
6/T3
Three-Wire Control START A START STOP STOP 3/14 2/13 1
Separate Control Remove Wire C if supplied and connect separate control lines to the Number 1 Terminal on the remote pilot device and to the Number 96 Terminal on the overload relay. Front View of Panel

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Non-Reversing Starters, Bi-Metallic OverloadOpen Type
G A G Top Mtd. Aux. F C Side Mtd. Aux. E C L Auxiliary Contacts Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws D 0.13 (3.3) C L A Top A U Mtd. U X Aux. X E Auxiliary Contacts Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws Sizes 12 A G Aux. Aux. Cont. E B E B E B C A C C G A G Top Mtd. Aux. F C Side Mtd. Aux.
A Top A U Mtd. U X Aux. X
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
D A
Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-20 Screws Size 3 A C
Mtg. Holes for 1/4-20 Screws Size 4
Mtg. Holes for 1/4-20 Screws Size 5
B E B
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-17
D D Mtg. Holes for (4) 3/8-16 Screws Size 6
Mtg. Holes for 1/2-13 Screws Sizes 78

NEMA Size 000 11P 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Wide A 1.80 (45.7) 2.56 (65.0) 2.56 (65.0) 4.08 (103.6) 7.05 (179.1) 7.00 (177.8) 9.47 (240.5) 15.13 (384.3) 15.13 (384.3) High B 6.60 (167.6) 7.08 (179.8) 8.08 (205.2) 11.35 (288.3) 12.06 (306.3) 17.77 (451.4) 21.69 (550.9) 29.13 (739.9) 34.50 (876.3) Deep C 3.52 (89.4) 4.44 (112.8) 4.44 (112.8) 5.94 (150.9) 7.25 (184.2) 7.76 (197.1) 9.90 (251.5) 12.64 (321.1) 15.00 (381.0) Mounting D 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 3.10 (78.7) 13.25 (336.6) 13.25 (336.6) Mounting E 6.07 (154.2) 6.63 (168.4) 7.63 (193.8) 10.81 (274.6) 8.50 (215.9) 16.00 (406.4) 18.00 (457.2) 21.25 (539.8) 16.75 (425.5) F 4.90 (124.5) 5.80 (147.3) 5.80 (147.3) G 0.54 (13.7) 0.54 (13.7) 0.54 (13.7) Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 2.2 (1.0) 4.5 (2.0) 4.7 (2.1) 11.0 (5.0) 23.0 (10.4) 36.0 (16.3) 75.0 (34.1) 120.0 (54.5) 210.0 (95.3)
Note Holding circuit contact for Size 00 occupies 4th power pole positionno increase in width.
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
D1 A D .13 (3.3) D G A

Freedom Series
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Reversing Starters, Bi-Metallic OverloadOpen Type

A C L G F C Top Mtd. Aux. E Auxiliary Contacts Mtg. Holes for (3) #10-32 Screws Sizes 00 2 E B C
A U X
Top Mtd. Aux.
C L
Top Mtd. Aux.
A U X
Side Mtd. Aux.
B D Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-20 Screws Size 3
E C
D E E1 B A Sizes 4 5
E Mtg. Holes for (6) 3/8-16 Screws Size 6
Open Type Sizes 7 8 Horizontal

NEMA Size 000 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Wide A 4.20 (106.7) 5.71 (145.0) 5.71 (145.0) 8.70 (221.0) 14.68 (372.9) 14.50 (368.3) 19.77 (502.2) 28.06 (712.7) 30.38 (771.7) High B 7.38 (187.5) 7.08 (179.8) 8.08 (205.2) 11.35 (288.3) 12.06 (306.3) 17.77 (451.4) 22.63 (574.8) 32.13 (816.1) 41.50 (1054.1) Deep C 3.52 (89.4) 4.44 (112.8) 4.44 (112.8) 5.94 (150.9) 7.25 (184.2) 7.76 (197.1) 9.90 (251.5) 12.70 (322.6) 14.70 (373.4) Mounting D 3.50 (88.9) 5.25 (133.4) 5.25 (133.4 7.00 (177.8) 13.50 (342.9) 13.50 (342.9) 18.00 (457.2) 12.75 (323.9) 14.13 (358.9) Mounting E 6.87 (174.5) 5.75 (146.1) 6.75 (171.5) 10.81 (274.6) 8.50 (215.9) 16.00 (406.4) 12.00 (304.8) 21.25 (539.8) 16.75 (425.5) D1 3.10 (78.7) E1 18.00 (457.2) F 4.90 (124.5) 5.80 (147.3) 5.80 (147.3) G 0.54 (13.7 0.54 (13.7) 0.54 (13.7) Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 3.6 (1.6) 8.3 (3.8) 8.5 (3.9) 20.0 (9.1) 49.0 (22.2) 68.0 (30.9) 90.0 (40.9) 175.0 (79.5) 430.0 (195.2)
Notes Includes cross wiring overhang. See catalog listings for type and location of auxiliary contacts supplied with a particular starter.
V5-T28-18

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Reversing StartersVertical Construction, Bi-Metallic OverloadAN56V Open Vertical Starter
A C F A F C
D D Mtg. Holes for (3) #10-32 Screws NEMA Size 0
Mtg. Holes for (3) #10-32 Screws NEMA Sizes 1 2
28 28 28
28 28 28 28
Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-20 Screws NEMA Size 3
Mtg. Holes for (4) 1/4-20 Screws NEMA Size 4
28 28 28
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 4.0 (1.8) 9.0 (4.1) 9.5 (4.3) 21.0 (9.5) 50.0 (22.7)

NEMA Size 0 1 2 3 4 Wide A 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 9.25 (235.0) 9.08 (230.6) High B 12.05 (306.1) 12.05 (306.1) 12.05 (306.1) 16.75 (425.5) 19.84 (503.9) Deep C 3.84 (97.5) 3.86 (98.0) 3.86 (98.0) 5.18 (131.6) 5.18 (131.6) Mounting Wide D 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 7.15 (181.6) 8.00 (203.2) Mounting HIgh E 11.50 (292.1) 11.50 (292.1) 11.50 (292.1) 16.07 (408.2) 18.51 (470.2) 1.50 (38.1) Wire Zone 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4)
28 28 28 28 28 28
Note Wire overhang 1.00 mm left, 50 mm right.
V5-T28-19
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
NEMA Size 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4
F F E F A

Freedom Series
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Multispeed Starters, Bi-Metallic OverloadAN700 Open Vertical Starter
F A C F A C
D Size1 2 Multispeed Starter 2-Speed, 2-Winding C F A D C
Size0 Multispeed Starter 2-Speed, 2-Winding A
D Size3 Multispeed Starter 2-Speed, 2-Winding
B E
D Size4 Multispeed Starter 2-Speed, 2-Winding A F B A
Size5 Multispeed Starter 2-Speed, 2-Winding C F A C
D Size1 Multispeed Starter 2-Speed, 1-Winding C A
Size0 Multispeed Starter 2-Speed, 1-Winding A
D Size2 Multispeed Starter 2-Speed, 1-Winding C
F D Size3 Multispeed Starter 2-Speed, 1-Winding
Size4 Multispeed Starter 2-Speed, 1-Winding

Wide A 5.19 (132) 5.66 (144) 5.66 (144) 8.72 (221) 14.68 (373) 14.50 (368) 8.62 (219) 8.97 (228) 8.90 (226) 16.00 (406) 15.46 (393) High B 7.38 (188) 7.08 (180) 8.08 (205) 11.35 (288) 12.06 (306) 17.82 (453) 7.06 (179) 7.12 (181) 8.62 (219) 13.46 (342) 31.00 (787) Deep C 3.52 (89) 4.42 (112) 4.42 (112) 5.89 (150) 7.25 (184) 7.76 (197) 3.82 (81) 4.72 (120) 4.75 (121) 6.38 (162) 7.74 (197) Mounting Wide D 3.50 (89) 5.25 (133) 5.25 (133) 7.00 (178) 13.50 (343) 13.50 (343) 6.62 (168) 6.62 (168) 8.40 (213) 15.00 (381) 13.50 (343) Mounting High E 6.87 (175) 5.75 (146) 6.75 (165) 10.81 (275) 8.50 (216) 16.00 (406) 6.50 (165) 6.50 (165) 8.12 (206) 12.25 (311) 30.00 (762) Wire Zone F 0.89 (23) 1.23 (31) 1.63 (41) 1.77 (45) 1.95 (50) 4.56 (116) 0.50 (13) 1.04 (26) 1.03 (26) 1.24 (31) 1.84 (47) Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 4.5 (2.0) 9.0 (4.1) 10.0 (4.5) 24.0 (10.9) 53.0 (24.1) 73.0 (33.1) 6.0 (2.7) 10.0 (4.5) 11.0 (5.0) 31.0 (14.1) 72.0 (32.7)
Two-SpeedSelective ControlSeparate Winding
Two-SpeedSelective ControlReconnectable Winding
Notes Mounting holes for (3) #10 screws. Mounting holes for (3) 1/4-20 screws.
Mounting holes for (4) 1/4-20 screws. Mounting holes for (4) 5/16 screws.
Mounting holes for (4) 3/8 screws.
V5-T28-20

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28
Catalog Number C321KM60B C321KM30 C321KM43 C321KM40 C321KM45 C321KM80 C321KM50 C321KM56 C321KM70 C321KM90 C321KM34 C321KM55 C321KM65 C321KM66 C321KM67
Accessories
Three-Pole Top Mounted Fuse Block Kit
IEC Sizes AK, NEMA Sizes 002 Field mount to Freedom Series starters and contactors. Designed to save space and reduce installation costs. They provide short circuit protection for branch circuits.
Mechanical Interlock and Reversing Kits

Mechanical interlocks and reversing kits are designed for field assembly of reversing contactors or starters from Freedom Series components. The reversing kits include a mechanical interlock, stabilizer bar and a pre-cut, trimmed and formed wire set. Auxiliary contacts, if required, must be ordered separately. See Pages V5-T28-25 and V5-T28-26.
Mounted Fuse Block Kit
Fuse Block Kits

Fuse Type Class H30A 250V Class R30A 250V Class G15A 300V Class G20A 300V Class G30A 300V Class G 60A 300V Class T 30A 300V Class T 60A 300V Class J30A 600V Class J60A 600V Type M30A 600V Class CC30A 600V Class T30A 600V Class T60A 600V Catalog Number C350KH21 C350KR21 C350KG37 C350KG38 C350KG31 C350KG32 C350KT31 C350KT32 C350KJ61 C350KJ62 C350KM61 C350KC63 C350KT61 C350KT62 Wire Set Part No. 23-7165 C321KM60B
Mechanical Interlock Only

Application NEMA Size 002 3 3 to 4 4 4 to 5 4 to 6 5 5 to 6 6 6 to 7 7 4 or 5 to 5 5 to 6 6 6 to 7 Contactor Mounting Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
IEC Size AK LN N to P PS S to T/U T and U T/U to VX V, W and X PS to 5 T and U T/U to VX
Three-Pole Top Mounted Fuse Block Kit

D A C
Reversing Kits (Horizontal Contactor Mounting Only)

Application NEMA Size 00 0 1 D 3.62 (91.9) 3.62 (91.9) 2 3 4 5 Catalog Number C321KM60K14B C321KM60K13B C321KM60K15B C321KM60K16B C321KM60K17 C321KM60K21 C321KM60K18 C321KM60K19 C321KM60K20 C321KM60K44
IEC Size AC DF GK L and M N PS
Mounting Plate Fuse Block Class Amperes G H J M, CC R T 15, 20, 30 60 30 30, 60 30 30 30, 60 30 60 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Wide A High B Deep C 2.40 (61.0) 2.62 (66.5) 3.00 (76.2) 4.81 (122.2) 2.40 (61.0) 3.00 (76.2) 3.44 (87.4) 3.75 (95.3) 4.87 (123.7) 3.00 (76.2) 4.25 (108.0) 3.10 (78.7) 4.12 (104.6) 3.00 (76.2) 3.10 (78.7) 3.00 (76.2) 3.31 (84.1) 3.00 (76.2) 2.04 (51.8) 2.08 (52.8) 2.23 (56.6) 2.82 (71.6) 2.04 (51.8) 2.23 (56.6) 2.33 (59.2) 2.26 (57.4) 2.58 (65.5)
Volts 300 300 250 600 600 250 300 600 600
Notes Type M fuse block not approved for branch circuit protection. Without cross-wiring. For use with latest series product. Kit includes (2) NC auxiliary contacts.
V5-T28-21
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-22 Solid-State Timer

Freedom Series
Solid-State Timers
Solid-State ON DELAY TimerSide Mounted on Freedom Series NEMA 002, IEC AK and C25D, C25E and C25F Frame ON DELAY timing function This timer is designed to be starts. At the completion of wired in series with the the set timing period, timer load (typically a coil). When and series wired load will the START button is pushed both be energized. (power applied to timer), the Mounted Timer Product Selection
Timing Range 0.11.0 seconds 130 seconds 30300 seconds 530 minutes Catalog Number C320TDN1_ C320TDN30_ C320TDN300_ C320TDN3000_
Pneumatic TimersTop Mounted

Attachment mounts on top of any NEMA Size 002 or IEC Size AK Freedom Series starter or contactor (top mounted auxiliary contacts cannot be installed on device when timer is used). Timer unit has 1NO-1NC isolated timed contactscircuits in each pole must be the same polarity. Units are convertible from OFF to ON DELAY or vice-versa.
Pneumatic Timers
Pneumatic Timers
Timing Range 0.1 to 30 seconds 10 to 180 seconds Catalog Number C320TP1 C320TP2
Maximum Ampere Ratings

Description Vac 120 30 3 240 15 1.5 480 7.5 0.75 600 6 0.6
Shorting Bar Kits

These kits provide phase-tophase power connections of contactors for field assembly. The kits include bus connections and mounting hardware. The shorting bars connect all three phases of a single contactor.
Make Break
Locking Cover for Overload RelayC306 Only

Snap-on transparent or opaque plastic panel for covering access port to the overload relay trip setting dialhelps prevent accidental or unauthorized changes to trip and reset setting.
Shorting Bar Kits

Description NEMA Size 3, IEC Sizes LN NEMA Size 4, IEC Sizes AS NEMA Size 6, IEC Sizes T and U Catalog Number C321SB18 C321SB19 C321SB22
Locking Cover for Overlay Relay
Locking Cover for Overlay Relay

Description Clear cover, no accessibility Gray cover, no accessibility, with Auto only nib Gray cover, no accessibility, with Manual only nib Min. Ordering Quantity (Std. Pkg.) 50 50 Catalog Number C320PC3 C320PC4
50
C320PC5
Gray cover with FLA dial 50 accessibility, A, B, C, D positions and Auto only nib Gray cover with FLA dial accessibility, A, B, C, D positions and Manual only nib 50
C320PC6
C320PC7
Notes Add operating voltage sufx to catalog number. A = 120V, B = 240V, E = 208V Rated 0.5 ampere pilot dutynot to be used on larger contactors. Terminal connections are quick connects only. Two per side.

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Identication Markers
IEC Sizes AK, NEMA Sizes 002 Designed to snap on the face of contactor for easy, personalized identification of individual devices. Includes holder and labels.
DIN Rail Mounting Channel35 mm

Designed for DIN rail mounting of IEC style contactors and starters. DIN Rail
Description Catalog Number C320DL2 1 meter length Catalog Number MC382MA1
DIN Rail
Identication Markers
Description Identication marker
Finger Protection Shields Control Circuit Fuse Block

These panel mounted fuse holders, designed for control circuit protection or other similar low current requirements, have extractor type fuse caps. The Class CC rejection type fuses (KTK-R) used in these holders are intended for use with equipment designated as being suitable for use on systems having high available fault currents. If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR fuse kit may be required for control circuit protection per NEC 430-72. Snap-on shields for both contactors and starters provide IEC Type IP20 finger protection. Prevents accidental contact with line/load terminals.
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Finger Protection Shields

Application NEMA Size 00, IEC Sizes AC NEMA Size 0, IEC Sizes DF NEMA Sizes 12, IEC Sizes GK Contactors C320LS3 C320LS4 C320LS5 C320LS6 C320LS7 C320LS8 Reversing contactors Catalog Number C320LS1 C320LS2
Control Circuit Fuse Block
Control Circuit Fuse Block

Type Fuse holder only Max. Amperes 15 30 Catalog Number C320FB C320FBR
NEMA Size 1 Starters Reversing starters NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes GK Starters Reversing starters
Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

1.88 (47.8) 1.25 (31.8) 0.97 (24.6) 0.88 1.19 (22.4) (30.2) Fuse
Adapter to DIN Rail Mount

NEMA 12 and IEC GK Contactors Designed to allow DIN rail mounting of NEMA 12 and IEC GK contactors. Includes all hardware required to convert contactors from panel mounting to 35 mm DIN rail mounting.
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Adapter to DIN Rail Mount

Catalog Number C320DN65 2.06 (52.3) Notes A fuse is not supplied, but holder will accept a Bussman Type KTK or KTK-R (13/32 in x 1-1/2 in) fuse, 600V maximum. Includes a 5A, 600V KTK-R fuse.
V5-T28-23
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-24 C320TS2

Freedom Series
Transient Suppressor Kits

NEMA Sizes 002, IEC Sizes AK These kits limit high voltage transients produced in the control circuit when power is removed from the contactor or starter coil. There are three separate suppressors for use on 24120V, 208240V or 277480V coils respectively. These devices mount directly to the coil terminals of Freedom Series contactors or starters NEMA Sizes 002, IEC Sizes AK and lighting contactors 1060A. Reversing devices will require two.
Adhesive Dust Cover

NEMA Sizes 002, IEC Sizes AK These adhesive stickers come 25 to a package and provide extra protection from contaminants when applied to the sides of Freedom NEMA Sizes 002 and IEC Sizes AK. Adhesive covers are easily applied to side opening where auxiliaries are not installed and provide extra protection from metal filings and other debris.
NEMA Sizes 002, IEC Sizes AK NEMA Sizes 002, IEC Sizes AK
Description Transient suppressor Coil Voltage 24/120V 208/240V 277/480V Catalog Number C320TS1 C320TS2 C320TS3 Description 25 to a package Catalog Number C320DSTCVR
NEMA Sizes 35, IEC Sizes LS This device mounts on top of any side mounted auxiliary contact on Freedom Series NEMA Sizes 35, IEC Sizes LS and lighting contactors 100300A. It connects across coil terminals on any 120V contactor or starter magnet
coil (reversing starters or contactors require 2). Limits high voltage transients produced in the circuit when power is removed from the coil.
C320AS1
NEMA Sizes 35, IEC Sizes LS

Description Transient suppressor Coil Voltage 120V Catalog Number C320AS1
Add-On Power Pole Kit

NEMA Sizes 002, IEC AK This device mounts on the side of Freedom NEMA Size 002 and IEC Size AK contactors. One unit can be mounted on each side and carries UL, cUL and IEC ratings. The device is rated for resistive, inductive and lighting applications.
NEMA Sizes 002, IEC AK

UL Ampere Rating Inductive 600V 15 Resistive 600V 20 Horsepower Single-Phase 115V 1/2 230V 2 Locked Rotor 240V 96 Lighting Ballast Tungsten 480V 20 IEC 947 Ampere Rating AC-1 600V 20 AC-3 600V 12 AC-5a AC-5b 480V 18 1NO Power Pole Catalog Number C320PPD10
Note Suppressor is compatible with coil voltages/ranges as shown, both 50 and 60 Hz.

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Auxiliary Contacts
Contact Conguration Code This two-digit code is found on the auxiliary contact to assist in identifying the specific contact configuration. The first digit indicates the quantity of NO contacts and the second indicates the quantity of NC contacts. NEMA Sizes 002IEC Sizes AK The auxiliary contacts listed on this page are designed for installation on Freedom Series starters and contactors. Snap-on design facilitates quick, easy installation. These bifurcated design contact blocks, featuring silver cadmium alloy contacts, are well suited for use in very low energy (logic level) circuits.
NEMA Sizes 002IEC Sizes AK

Description Side Mounted Side Mounted 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC 1NO-1NCI 1NO (EC)-1NC (LO) 1NCI Top Mounted Top Mounted 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC 1NO-1NCI 1NO (EC)-1NC (LO) 1NCI 3NO 2NO-1NC 1NO-2NC 3NC 4NO 3NO-1NC 2NO-2NC 1NO-3NC 4NC 3NO-1NCI 2NO-1NCI-1NC 2NO-1NO (EC)-1NC (LO) 1NO-1NC-1NO (EC)-1NC (LO) 10 01 11 20 02 N/A N/A N/A 30 21 12 03 40 31 22 13 04 N/A N/A N/A N/A C320KGT1 C320KGT2 C320KGT3 C320KGT4 C320KGT5 C320KGT6 C320KGT7 C320KGT8 C320KGT9 C320KGT10 C320KGT11 C320KGT12 C320KGT13 C320KGT14 C320KGT15 C320KGT16 C320KGT17 C320KGT18 C320KGT19 C320KGT20 C320KGT21 10 01 11 20 02 N/A N/A N/A C320KGS1 C320KGS2 C320KGS3 C320KGS4 C320KGS5 C320KGS6 C320KGS7 C320KGS8 Contact Conguration Code Catalog Number
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Notes NCI = Normally Closed early opening designed for use in reversing applications. EC = Early Closing. LO = Late Opening. For reference onlynot part of catalog number.
V5-T28-25
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-26 C320KGS22 C320KGS42

Freedom Series
NEMA Sizes 38IEC Sizes LZ Base Auxiliary Contacts NEMA Sizes 35, IEC Sizes LS
Contact Conguration Code 10 11 NEMA Size 3 IEC Sizes L N Catalog Number C320KGS31 C320KGS32 NEMA Sizes 45 IEC Sizes PS Catalog Number C320KGS41 C320KGS42
Auxiliary Contact Ratings (Amperes) RatingsNEMA A600

Current Make and interrupting Break Continuous AC Volts 120V 60 6 10 240V 30 3 10 480V 15 1.5 10 600V 12 1 10
Circuit NO NO-NC
RatingsNEMA P300 Auxiliary ContactsNEMA Sizes 35, IEC Sizes LS

Circuit NO NC NO-NC NO NC NO-NC Contact Conguration Code 10 01 11 10 01 11 Catalog Number C320KGS20 C320KGS21 C320KGS22 C320KGS20L C320KGS21L C320KGS22L Continuous Thermal Rating: 5A DC Volts 125 250 Make/Break Amperes 1.10 0.55
RatingsLogic Level
Minimum Ratings for Logic Level and Hostile Atmosphere Application Minimum Amperes Minimum Volts 20 mA 24 Vac/Vdc
Sealed Logic Level
Ratings C320KGS20L, C320KGS21L, C320KGS22L

DC-12 Ue 80 Ie 0.1 AC-12 Ue 250 Ie 0.1
Auxiliary ContactsNEMA Sizes 68, IEC Sizes TZ

Circuit NO-NC 2NO-2NC 2NO-2NC Contact Conguration Code Size 11 22 22 NEMA 8, IEC Z NEMA 67 IEC TX Catalog Number C320KA5 C320KA6 C320KA8
Notes For reference onlynot part of catalog number. NO-NC occupies two positionL2 and L3, or R2 and R3. See gure on Page V5-T28-27. Form C contacts.

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
R3 R2 R1 Rear
Auxiliary Contact Location

NEMA Sizes 002, IEC Sizes AK The sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor or starter and their locations. NEMA Sizes 38, IEC Sizes LZ The sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor and their locations.
Note: A base auxiliary contact must be added in position R1 before additional auxiliary contacts can be mounted on NEMA Size 3 and IEC Sizes LN, or in L1 on NEMA Sizes 45 and IEC Sizes PS.
Auxiliary Contacts
Available Mounting Positions Size AK 00 02 AK 002 AC DK GJ GJ 00 02 1, 2 1, 2 10A 2060A 60A 60A AK 002 Poles 3 3 3 3 3 24 3 4 5 24 23 4 5 24 23 4 5 3 3 Open Type T1, L1 T1, L1, R1 T1, L1 L1, R1 T1, T2 T1, L1, R1 T1, L1 T1, R1 T1 T1, L1, R1 T1, L1 T1, L1 T1, L1 T1, L1, R1 T1, L1 T1, L1 T1, L1 L1, R1 T1, T2 Enclosed L1 L1 L1 L1, R1 L1, R1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1, R1 CE55 CN55 CN35 Left Side of Contactor CN15 Rear L1 L2 L3 Base Aux. Aux. Aux. Cont. Cont. Cont. AE56 AN56 CE15 Catalog Number AE16 AN16
Mounting Positions
Size NEMA Size 3, IEC Sizes LN NEMA Sizes 45, IEC Sizes PS NEMA Sizes 67, IEC Sizes TX NEMA Size 8, IEC Size Z Available Mounting Positions R2, R3, L1, L2, L3 L2, L3, R1, R2, R3 R1 L2, R2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Aux. Aux. Base Cont. Cont. Aux. Cont. Front of Contactor NEMA Sizes 35 IEC Sizes LS Right Side of Contactor

L1 R1
L1
R1
L1
R1
NEMA Sizes 67 IEC Sizes T, U, V, W and X
T1 Top View
T1 Top View
T2 L1 L2 R1 R2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
L1
T1
R1
L1
T1
T2
R1
NEMA Size 8 IEC Size Z Notes Available positions on contactors or starters other than what is factory installed. When a pneumatic timer is mounted on contactor, only side mounted auxiliary contact positions are available. The solid-state timer, when added, takes up side mounted auxiliary contact position.
Front View Non-Reversing Contactors and Starters
Front View Reversing Contactors and Starters
V5-T28-27
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-28

Freedom Series
DC Magnet Coils
When Ordering Specify Conversion Kit for Field Assembly
G
DC Magnet Coils
Contactor or Starter Size NEMA IEC Conversion Data Magnet Coil Coil Amps Volts Number P.U./Seal 9-2988-11 9-2988-12 9-2988-13 9-2988-14 9-2988-11 9-2988-12 9-2988-13 9-2988-14 9-2990-1 9-2990-2 9-2990-3 9-2990-4 9-3002-1 9-3002-2 9-3002-3 9-3002-4 9-2026-4 9-2026-3 9-2026-2 9-2026-1 (2) 9-2988-1 (2) 9-2988-2 (2) 9-2988-3 (2) 9-2988-4 (2) 9-2990-1 (2) 9-2990-2 (2) 9-2990-3 (2) 9-2990-4 Complete Conversion Kit Catalog Ship Wt. Number Lbs (kg) C335KD3R1 C335KD3T1 C335KD3W1 C335KD3A1 C335KD3R4 C335KD3T4 C335KD3W4 C335KD3A4 C335KD4R4 C335KD4T4 C335KD4W4 C335KD4A4 C335KD5R1 C335KD5T1 C335KD5W1 C335KD5A1 C335KA3T1 C335KA3W1 C335KA3A1 C335KA3B1 C335RD3R1 C335RD3T1 C335RD3W1 C335RD3A1 1.0 (0.5) 2.5 (1.1) 2.0 (0.9) 1.0 (0.5) 1.0 (0.5) Factory Installed Code Sufx R1 T1 W1 A1 R4 T4 W4 A4 R4 T4 W4 A4 R1 T1 W1 A1 T1B W1B A1B B1B R1 T1 W1 A1 R1 T1 W1 A1
Catalog number For factory installed DC magnet coil on AC contactors or noncombination starters (open type only), substitute the code sufx from the table on this page for the magnet coil identier in the device catalog number. EXAMPLE: For Size 0 AC contactor with a 24 Vdc coil, change AN16BN0AC to AN16BN0T1C
Watts P.U./Seal
NCI Interlock C320KGD1 C320KGD1 C320KGD1 C320KGD1 C320KGD2 C320KGD2 C320KGD2 C320KGD2 C320KGD5 C320KGD5 C320KGD5 C320KGD5 C320KGD3 C320KGD3 C320KGD3 C320KGD3 C320KGD3 C320KGD3 C320KGD3 C320KGD3 (2) C320KGD1 (2) C320KGD1 (2) C320KGD1 (2) C320KGD1 (2) C320KGD3 (2) C320KGD3 (2) C320KGD3 (2) C320KGD3
Factory Installed DC Coil

G
Non-ReversingKit Includes NCI Side Mounted Auxiliary Contact 00 and 0 CN35A, B, D D15 Relays AF 12 24 48 120 00 and 0 CN35A, B, D D15 Relays AF 12 24 48 120 1 and 2 CN35G GK 12 24 48 120 3 CN35K LN 12 24 48 120 4 and 5 CN35N, S PS 24 48 120 240 Reversing 00 and 0 CN35A, B, D D15 relays AF 12 24 48 120 1 and 2 CN35G GK 12 24 48 120 6.4/0.28 3.2/0.14 1.6/0.07 0.64/0.028 15.4/0.42 7.7/0.21 3.9/0.11 1.5/0.041 76.8/3.36 76.8/3.36 76.8/3.36 76.8/3.36 185/4.98 185/4.96 185/5.04 185/4.87 6.4/0.28 3.2/0.14 1.6/0.07 0.64/0.028 6.4/0.28 3.2/0.14 1.6/0.07 0.64/0.028 15.4/0.42 7.7/0.021 3.9/0.11 1.5/0.041 24/0.40 12/0.20 6.1/0.097 2.5/0.038 18/0.22 9/0.11 3.3/0.05 1.7/0.02 76.8/3.36 76.8/3.36 76.8/3.36 76.8/3.36 76.8/3.36 76.8/3.36 76.8/3.36 76.8/3.36 185/4.98 185/4.96 185/5.04 185/4.87 293/4.84 288/4.75 295/4.67 298/4.57 400/5.3 400/5.2 450/5.4 440/4.9 1.0 (0.5)
Application G Connect for separate control G Not for use with cover control switch operators G Use twin break, heavyduty pilot devices G Designed for +10%, 20% rated voltage, continuous duty operation Non-Reversing Kit Consists of: G One encapsulated DC magnet coil G One NCI or NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact
Note: These kits are supplied with a NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact in place of the NCI contact.
G
Two blue colored connection wires One instruction publication
Operation See next page for operation details.
Notes These kits are supplied with a NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact in place of the NCI contact. Kit does not include mechanical interlock or crossover wiring. Two NO/NCI top mounted auxiliary contacts are supplied for electrical interlocking. Factory installed DC coils on NEMA contactors and starters include a NO/NC top mounted auxiliary contact on each contactor for electrical interlocking. On IEC contactors and starters, a NC top mounted auxiliary contact is supplied on each contactor for electrical interlocking. Available factory assembled only.

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Operation These DC coil kits have separate pick-up and seal windings. A special (side mounted) early-break NCI auxiliary contact is used to either disconnect the pick-up winding or insert the seal winding in series with the pick-up winding, depending on the frame size of the contactor. DC coil kits come in two styles, a suffix 1 and a suffix 4. Suffix 1 contains only the special (side mounted) early break NCI auxiliary contact. Suffix 4 contains a NO contact in the same package as the special (side mounted) early-break NCI auxiliary contact.
Note: For NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 and IEC Sizes AF, contactors
Competitive Mounting Plates

may utilize either sufx 1 or 4 DC coil kits; starters may utilize sufx 4 DC coil kits only. For NEMA Sizes 1 and 2 and IEC Sizes GK, both contactors and starters may utilize a sufx 4 DC coil kit only.
On the above sizes only, when the special auxiliary package is mounted on the side of a contactor or starter, no standard auxiliary contact may be mounted on the same side.
Note: For NEMA Sizes 35 and IEC Sizes LS, special coil NCI clearing contact is an add-on auxiliary (must mount on a base mount auxiliary contact; normally a 1NO). This arrangement will normally account for two of the three contact positions on the side of each contactor or starter.
The C321 adapter plates permit direct replacement of competitive starters with Freedom Series starters without drilling and tapping new mounting holes. AllenBradley 509, Eatons A10
(adapter plate not required for replacing A10 Starter Sizes 1, 4 and 5), Furnas 14, ESP100, General Electric CR206, CR306, Siemens SXL, Square D 8536, Westinghouse A200, B200.
C321CMP1
Competitive Mounting Plates

Freedom NEMA Size 00, 0 1 2 3 4 5 Index Number Catalog Number C321CMP0 C321CMP1 C321CMP2 C321CMP3 C321CMP4 C321CMP5
Elementary Diagrams
A1 Hold NCI 3 Pick-Up A2
Note 1NO available in Sufx 4 kits only. Handling number onlydoes not appear on product. The handling number is stamped on the carton label only.
2 NO
DC Coil Elementary Diagram for NEMA Sizes 13 and IEC Sizes GN Contactors and Starters Important Incoming DC must be connected between A1 and Top A2 Terminal. A1 Hold A2 Top
2 NO Pick-Up 3 A2 Bottom
NCI Auxiliary Contact
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Volume 5Motor Control and Protection CA08100006EMay 2011 www.eaton.com V5-T28-29
DC Coil Elementary Diagram for NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 4 and 5 and IEC Sizes AF and PS Contactors and Starters
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-30 Description

Freedom Series
Special Modications
For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN56, CE15, CN15, CN35, CN55
Addition or Special Feature Control Circuit Extra auxiliary circuit, factory installed NO or NCeach contact Transient suppressor Power Circuit Contactor/starter for ring lug capabilityadd Mod Code T16 to catalog number (Power terminals only, control terminals as standard) Standalone overload relays can not accept ring lugs on line side Factory Installed Dust Covers Factory installed C320DSTCVRadd Mod Code -53 to catalog number NA NA NA NA NA NA Consult sales ofce for pricing adders. Consult sales ofce for pricing adders. Consult sales ofce for pricing adders. Starter Size NEMA 00 0 1/ 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Renewal Parts
For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below. For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Size 00, 0)
NEMA Size 00 Series B1 Part No. 22177 Series C1 Part No. 22177 NEMA Size 0 Series B1 Part No. 22177 Series C1 Part No. 22177
Renewal Parts Publication Number Contact Kits Two-pole Three-pole Four-pole Five-pole Magnet Coils 120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz 240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz 480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz 600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz 208V 60 Hz 277V 60 Hz 208/240V 60 Hz 240V 50 Hz 380415V 50 Hz 380V 50 Hz 415V 50 Hz 550V 50 Hz 24V 60 Hz24V 50 Hz 24V 60 Hz 24V 50 Hz 32V 50 Hz 48V 60 Hz 48V 50 Hz Magnet Frame Armature Lower magnet frame Upper magnet frame Coil Sufx A B C D E H J K L L M N T T U V W Y
9-2875-1 9-2875-2 9-2875-3 9-2875-4 9-2875-5 9-2875-12 9-2875-37 9-2875-11 9-2875-6 9-2875-36 9-2875-36 9-2875-16 9-2875-8 9-2875-9
9-2875-1 9-2875-2 9-2875-3 9-2875-4 9-2875-5 9-2875-12 9-2875-37 9-2875-11 9-2875-6 9-2875-36 9-2875-36 9-2875-16 9-2875-8 9-2875-9
9-2876-1 9-2876-2 9-2876-3 9-2876-4 9-2876-5 9-2876-12 9-2876-17 9-2876-11 9-2876-6 9-2876-36 9-2876-36 9-2876-16 9-2876-8 9-2876-9
9-2876-1 9-2876-2 9-2876-3 9-2876-4 9-2876-5 9-2876-12 9-2876-17 9-2876-11 9-2876-6 9-2876-36 9-2876-36 9-2876-16 9-2876-8 9-2876-9
Notes These modications are generally available in kit form at lower cost. See specic product sections for kit listings. CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5. Replace with complete contactor.

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Size 1, 2)
NEMA Size 1 Series A1 Part No. 20861 6-65 6-65-2 6-65-9 6-65-10 Coil Sufx A B C D E H J K L L M N T T U V W Y 9-3285-1 9-3285-2 9-3285-3 9-3285-4 9-3285-9 9-3285-7 9-3285-14 9-3285-8 9-3285-6 9-3285-12 9-3285-10 9-3285-11 9-3285-13 17-18200 48-1936 9-3285-1 9-3285-2 9-3285-3 9-3285-4 9-3285-9 9-3285-7 9-3285-14 9-3285-8 9-3285-6 9-3285-12 9-3285-10 9-3285-11 9-3285-13 17-18200 48-1936 9-3285-1 9-3285-2 9-3285-3 9-3285-4 9-3285-9 9-3285-7 9-3285-14 9-3285-8 9-3285-6 9-3285-12 9-3285-10 9-3285-11 9-3285-13 17-18200 48-1936 9-3285-1 9-3285-2 9-3285-3 9-3285-4 9-3285-9 9-3285-7 9-3285-14 9-3285-8 9-3285-6 9-3285-12 9-3285-10 9-3285-11 9-3285-13 17-18200 48-1936 9-2756-1 KIT 9-2756-2 KIT 9-2756-3 KIT 9-2756-4 KIT 9-2756-5 KIT 9-2756-9 KIT 9-2756-13 KIT 9-2756-12 KIT 9-2756-8 KIT 9-2756-14 KIT 9-2756-6 KIT 9-2756-11 KIT 9-2756-10 KIT 9-2756-15 KIT 9-2756-7 KIT 17-8955-2 KIT 48-1902 KIT Series B1 Part No. 22177 6-65 6-65-2 6-65-9 6-65-10 NEMA Size 2 Series A1 Part No. 20861 6-65-7 6-65-8 6-65-15 6-65-16 Series B1 Part No. 22177 6-65-7 6-65-8 6-65-15 6-65-16 NEMA Size 3 Part No. 20426 6-43-5 6-43-6
Description Renewal Parts Publication Number Contact Kits Two-pole Three-pole Four-pole Five-pole Magnet Coils 120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz 240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz 480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz 600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz 208V 60 Hz 277V 60 Hz 208/240V 60 Hz 240V 50 Hz 380415V 50 Hz 380V 50 Hz 415V 50 Hz 550V 50 Hz 24V 60 Hz24V 50 Hz 24V 60 Hz 24V 50 Hz 32V 50 Hz 48V 60 Hz 48V 50 Hz Magnet Frame Armature Lower magnet frame Upper magnet frame
Note CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.
V5-T28-31
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Description

Freedom Series
For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below. For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 Contactors and Starters (Size 4, 5, 6)
NEMA Size 4 Series A1 Part No. 20428 6-44 6-44-2 Coil Sufx A B C D E H J K L L M N T T U W Y 9-1891-1 KIT 9-1891-2 KIT 9-1891-3 KIT 9-1891-4 KIT 9-1891-13 KIT 9-1891-26 KIT 9-1891-20 KIT 9-1891-14 KIT 9-1891-21 KIT 9-1891-8 KIT 9-1891-15 KIT 9-1891-16 KIT 9-1891-18 KIT 10-6530-4 48-1030-2 48-1029-4 9-1891-1 KIT 9-1891-2 KIT 9-1891-3 KIT 9-1891-4 KIT 9-1891-13 KIT 9-1891-26 KIT 9-1891-20 KIT 9-1891-14 KIT 9-1891-21 KIT 9-1891-8 KIT 9-1891-15 KIT 9-1891-16 KIT 9-1891-18 KIT 10-6530-4 48-1030-2 48-1029-4 9-1891-1 KIT 9-1891-2 KIT 9-1891-3 KIT 9-1891-4 KIT 9-1891-13 KIT 9-1891-26 KIT 9-1891-20 KIT 9-1891-14 KIT 9-1891-21 KIT 9-1891-8 KIT 9-1891-15 KIT 9-1891-16 KIT 9-1891-18 KIT C306DN3B 42-3564 48-1030-2 48-1029-4 9-1891-1 KIT 9-1891-2 KIT 9-1891-3 KIT 9-1891-4 KIT 9-1891-13 KIT 9-1891-26 KIT 9-1891-20 KIT 9-1891-14 KIT 9-1891-21 KIT 9-1891-8 KIT 9-1891-15 KIT 9-1891-16 KIT 9-1891-18 KIT C306DN3B 42-3564 48-1030-2 48-1029-4 9-2698 9-2698-2 9-2698-3 9-2698-4 9-2698-5 9-2698-6 9-2698-8 C306DN3B 42-3598 9-3006 9-3006-2 9-3006-3 9-3006-4 9-3006-7 9-3006-8 9-3006-9 C306DN3B 42-3598 Series B1 Part No. 20428 6-26 6-26-2 NEMA Size 5 Series A1 Part No. 20429 6-45 6-45-2 Series B1 Part No. 20429 6-45 6-45-2
and CN55
NEMA Size 6 Contactor and Starter Series A1, Starter Series B1 Part No. 20146 6-601-2 6-601
Contactor and Starter Series B1, Starter Series C1 Part No. 23349 6-648
Renewal Parts Publication Number Contact Kits Two-pole Three-pole Magnet Coils 120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz 240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz 480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz 600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz 208V 60 Hz 277V 60 Hz 208/240V 60 Hz 240V 50 Hz 380415V 50 Hz 380V 50 Hz 415V 50 Hz 550V 50 Hz 24V 60 Hz24V 50 Hz 24V 60 Hz 24V 50 Hz 48V 60 Hz 48V 50 Hz Overload Relays For replacement on existing starters three-pole ambient compensated bimetallic Current Transformer Magnet Frame Armature Lower Magnet Frame Upper Magnet Frame
Feeder Group Renewal

NEMA Size 4 Volts 110120 220240 440480 550600 208 380415 4852 Hertz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 Series A1 Series B1 NEMA Size 5 Series A1 Series B1 NEMA Size 6 Contactor and Starter Series A1, Starter Series B1 9-2705 9-2705-2 9-2705-3 9-2705-4 9-2705-5 9-2705-6 9-2705-8 Contactor and Starter Series B1, Starter Series C1 9-3007 9-3007-2 9-3007-3 9-3007-4 9-3007-5 9-3007-8 9-3007-6
Notes CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5. Consult factory. Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor.
V5-T28-32

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28
Series B1 Part No. 20849 6-571 9-2654 9-2654-2 9-2654-3 9-2654-4 9-2654-6 9-2654-5 C306DN3B 42-3598-3
For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below. For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Size 7, 8)
NEMA Size 7 Series A1 Part No. 20848 6-613 Coil Sufx A B C D E H J K L L M N T T U V W Y 9-2698 9-2698-2 9-2698-3 9-2698-4 9-2698-5 9-2698-6 C306DN3B 42-3598-2 9-2698 9-2698-2 9-2698-3 9-2698-4 9-2698-5 9-2698-6 C306DN3B 42-3598-2 9-2654 9-2654-2 9-2654-3 9-2654-4 9-2654-6 9-2654-5 C306DN3B 42-3598-3 Series B1 Part No. 20848 6-613 NEMA Size 8 Series A1 Part No. 20849 6-571
Description Renewal Parts Publication Number
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Contact Kits
Two-pole Three-pole Magnet Coils 120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz 240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz 480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz 600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz 208V 60 Hz 277V 60 Hz 208/240V 60 Hz 240V 50 Hz 380415V 50 Hz 380V 50 Hz 415V 50 Hz 550V 50 Hz 24V 60 Hz24V 50 Hz 24V 60 Hz 24V 50 Hz 32V 50 Hz 48V 60 Hz 48V 50 Hz Overload Relays For replacement on existing starters three-poleambient compensated bimetallic Current Transformer Magnet Frame Armature Lower magnet frame Upper magnet frame
Notes CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5. Consult factory.
V5-T28-33
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-34 Volts 110120 220240 440480 550600 208 380415 4852 120 240 480 600 380 208 415 110 220 550 440

Freedom Series
Feeder Group Renewal

Hertz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 NEMA Size 7 Series A1 9-2705 9-2705-2 9-2705-3 9-2705-4 9-2705-5 9-2705-6 9-2705-8 Series B1 9-2705 9-2705-2 9-2705-3 9-2705-4 9-2705-5 9-2705-6 9-2705-8 NEMA Size 8 Series A1 9-2664 9-2664-2 9-2664-3 9-2664-4 9-2664-5 9-2664-6 9-2664-7 9-2664-8 9-2664-9 9-2664-10 9-2664-11 Series B1 9-2664 9-2664-2 9-2664-3 9-2664-4 9-2664-5 9-2664-6 9-2664-7 9-2664-8 9-2664-9 9-2664-10 9-2664-11
Note Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor.

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28

All data is based on a standard contactor with no auxiliary devices and a 120 Vac or 24 Vdc magnet coil. Coil data has a 5% range depending on the application, therefore specific data may vary.
Coil Data Notes

P.U. D.O. Cold Hot Pick-up time is the average time taken from closing of the coil circuit to main contact touch Drop-out time is the average time taken from opening of the coil circuit to main contact separation Coil data with a cold coil Coil data with a hot coil
V5-T28-35
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Auxiliary contact rating Control terminals Power terminal torque Line and loadlb-in Description Conguration Number of poles Auxiliary contacts, standard Add-on auxiliary contacts Frame size Maximum voltage rating Continuous ampere ratings (I)

Freedom Series
SpecicationsSizes 003
Contactor Catalog Number/Size CN15A CN15B NEMA Size 00 NEMA Size 0 CN15D NEMA Size 1 CN15G NEMA Size 2 CN15K NEMA Size 3
2, 3, 4 4th pole NO (1) Top (4) or side (4) 45 mm 600 Vac 9A
2, 3 Side NO (1) Top (4) or side (3) 45 mm 600 Vac 18A
2, 3, 4, 5 Side NO (1) Top (4) or side (3) 65 mm 600 Vac 27A
2, 3, 4, 5 Side NO (1) Top (4) or side (3) 65 mm 600 Vac 45A
2, 3 Side NO (1) Left side (4) or right side (3) 90 mm 600 Vac 90A
Maximum Horsepower (hp) Single-phase 115V 230V Three-phase 200V 230V 460V 575V AC Magnet Coil Data Pick-up voltscold Pick-up voltshot Pick-up voltamperes Pick-up watts Sealed voltamperes Sealed watts Drop-out voltscold Drop-out voltshot Maximum operation rateops/hour Pick-up time (ms) Drop-out time (ms) Coil operating range % of rated voltage DC magnet coil data 74% 78% 80 49 7.5 2.4 75% 75% 12,000 12 12 15% to +10% For DC magnet coils (and coil data), see Accessories, Pages V5-T28-28 and V5-T28-29. 20 to 65C 6000 20,000,000 4,000,000 90,000 1216 stranded, 1214 solid Cu 1216 stranded, 1214 solid Cu 7 74% 78% 100 65 10 3.1 75% 75% 12,000 12 12 15% to +10% For DC magnet coils (and coil data), see Accessories, Pages V5-T28-28 and V5-T28-29. 20 to 65C 6000 20,000,000 3,000,000 85,000 816 stranded, 1014 solid Cu 1216 stranded, 1214 solid Cu 15 74% 78% 230 95 28 7.8 75% 75% 12,000 20 14 15% to +10% For DC magnet coils (and coil data), see Accessories, Pages V5-T28-28 and V5-T28-29. 20 to 65C 6000 10,000,000 5,000,000 200,000 814 stranded or solid Cu 1216 stranded, 1214 solid Cu 20 74% 78% 230 95 28 7.8 75% 75% 12,000 20 14 15% to +10% For DC magnet coils (and coil data), see Accessories, Pages V5-T28-28 and V5-T28-29. 20 to 65C 6000 10,000,000 3,500,000 62,000 214 (upper) and/or 614 (lower) stranded or solid Cu 1216 stranded, 1214 solid Cu 40 (148 AWG) 45 (64 AWG) 50 (3 AWG) A600, P300 A600, P300 A600, P300 A600, P300 72% 76% 390 112 49.8 13 75% 75% 7,200 14 11 15% to +10% For DC magnet coils (and coil data), see Accessories, Pages V5-T28-28 and V5-T28-29. 20 to 65C 6000 6,000,000 1,700,000 80,000 1/014 Cu 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 3 3 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 1/3 1 1 2 2 3 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 15
Operating temperature Maximum operating altitude (ft) Mechanical life Electrical Life (480V/60 Hz) AC-3 AC-4 Wire Range Power terminals
1216 stranded, 1214 solid Cu 35 (1410 AWG) 40 (8 AWG) 45 (64 AWG) 50 (31/0 AWG) A600, P300
V5-T28-36

Freedom Series
28.1
28
CN15V NEMA Size 8
SpecicationsSizes 48
Contactor Catalog Number/Size CN15N CN15S NEMA Size 4 NEMA Size 5 CN15T NEMA Size 6 CN15U NEMA Size 7
Description Conguration Number of poles Auxiliary contacts, standard Add-on auxiliary contacts Frame size Maximum voltage rating Continuous ampere ratings (I) Maximum Horsepower (hp) Single-phase 115V 230V Three-phase 200V 230V 460V 575V AC Magnet Coil Data Pick-up voltscold Pick-up voltshot Pick-up voltamperes Pick-up watts Sealed voltamperes Sealed watts Drop-out voltscold Drop-out voltshot Maximum operation rateops/hour Pick-up time (ms) Drop-out time (ms) Coil operating range % of rated voltage DC magnet coil data
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
3 Top left 2NO/2NC (1) Top right 2NO/2NC (1) 280 mm 600 Vac 540A
3 Top left 2NO/2NC (1) Top right 2NO/2NC (1) 280 mm 600 Vac 810A
3 Side 2NO/NC (1) NO/NC (2) 334 mm 600 Vac 1215A
40 50 100 100 72.5% 76% 1158 240 100 27.2 75% 75% 2400 28 14 15% to +10% For DC magnet coils (and coil data), see Accessories, Pages V5-T28-28 and V5-T28-29. 20 to 65C 6000 5,000,000 800,000 70,000 Open3/08 Cu; Enclosed250 kcmil 6 Cu/Al 1216 stranded, 1214 solid Cu A600, P300
75 100 200 200 75% 77% 1158 240 100 27.2 75% 75% 2400 25 13 15% to +10% For DC magnet coils (and coil data), see Accessories, Pages V5-T28-28 and V5-T28-29. 20 to 65C 6000 5,000,000 500,000 34,000 750 kcmil2 or (2) 250 kcmil3/0 Cu/Al 1216 stranded, 1214 solid Cu 550 A600, P300
150 200 400 400 75% 75% 1600 1345 25 22
200 300 600 600 75% 75% 1600 1345 25 22
400 450 900 900 75% 75% 2450 2060 75 60
N/A 105 200 15% to +10% For DC magnet coils (and coil data), see Accessories, Pages V5-T28-28 and V5-T28-29. 20 to 65C 6000 5,000,000 590,000 7400 (2) 750 kcmil3/0 Cu/Al
N/A 105 200 15% to +10% For DC magnet coils (and coil data), see Accessories, Pages V5-T28-28 and V5-T28-29. 20 to 65C 6,00 5,000,000 450,000 5000 (3) 750 kcmil3/0 Cu/Al
N/A 70 50 15% to +10% For DC magnet coils (and coil data), see Accessories, Pages V5-T28-28 and V5-T28-29. 20 to 65C 6000 5,000,000 420,000 4200 (4) 750 kcmil1/0 Cu/Al
Operating temperature Maximum operating altitude (ft) Mechanical life Electrical Life (480V/60 Hz) AC-3 AC-4 Wire Range Power terminals
Control Terminals
1216 stranded, 1214 solid Cu 550 A600, P300
Power terminal torque line and loadlb-in 200 Auxiliary contact rating Note 2030% of rated coil voltage.
V5-T28-37
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-38 Operations 100,000,000 100,000 1 Operations

Freedom Series
Electrical LifeAC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories

Life Load Curves Eatons Freedom Series NEMA contactors have been designed and manufactured for superior life performance in any worldwide application. All testing has been based on requirements as found in NEMA and UL standards and conducted by Eaton. Actual application life may vary depending on environmental conditions and application duty cycle. Utilization Categories The International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) has developed utilization categories for contactors and auxiliary contacts. The IEC utilization categories are used to define the type of electrical load for estimating electrical life, and do not imply the devices are IEC rated. AC-1Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, such as resistance furnaces and heating. AC-2Starting of slip-ring motors. AC-3Squirrel cage motors; starting, switching off motors during running. AC-4Squirrel cage motors; starting, plugging, inching or jogging.
Note: AC-3 tests are conducted at rated device currents and AC-4 tests are conducted at six times rated device currents. All tests have been run at 460V, 60 Hz.
Contactor Choice G Decide what utilization category your application is and choose the appropriate curve G Locate the intersection of the life-load curve of the appropriate contactor with the applications operational current (Ie), as found on the horizontal axis G Read the estimated contact life along the vertical axis in number of operational cycles
AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories

100,000,000
28
10,000,000
1,000,000 Size 00
Size 2
Size 0
Size 1
Size 3
Size 4
27 45 90 135 100 Break Amperes NEMA AC-3 Load Life, Sizes 005, 480V 60 Hz
9 10
18
270
Size 5
1000
10,000,000
28
1,000,000
100,000 Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5
10,000 1
54 108 153 270 540 822 1620 100 1000 Break Amperes NEMA AC-4 Load Life, Sizes 005, 480V 60 Hz 10
10,000

Freedom Series
28.1
Page V5-T28-4 V5-T28-10 V5-T28-15 V5-T28-21 V5-T28-30 V5-T28-35 V5-T28-40 V5-T28-44 V5-T28-44 V5-T28-45 V5-T28-46 V5-T28-48 V5-T28-49
32A OverloadC306DN3B
Contents
Description ContactorsNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . StartersThree-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . StartersSingle-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . RelaysThermal Overload Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . .
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
RelaysThermal Overload
Product Description
C306 Overload Relays are designed for use with CE or CN non-reversing and reversing contactors. Four sizes are available for overload protection up to 144A.
Features
G

G
G G
Selectable manual or automatic reset operation Interchangeable heater packs adjustable 24% to match motor FLA and calibrated for use with 1.0 and 1.15 service factor motors. Heater packs for 32A overload relay will mount in 75A overload relayuseful in derating applications such as jogging Class 10 or 20 heater packs Load lugs built into relay base Bimetallic, ambient compensated operated. Trip free mechanism Electrically isolated NO-NC contacts (pull RESET button to test). (Electrical ratings see table on Page V5-T28-47) Overload trip indication Shrouded or ngerproof terminals to reduce possibility of electrical shock
Meets UL 508 singlephasing requirements UL listed, CSA certied, NEMA compliance and CE mark
V5-T28-39
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-40 C306GT3B C306DT3B C306GN3B

Freedom Series
Product Selection
C306 Thermal Overload Relays Contactors
NEMA Size 00, 0 1, 2 3 4 58 Maximum Ampere Rating 32 75 105 144 Number of Poles 3 3 3 3 Open Type Catalog Number C306DN3B C306GN3B C306KN3 C306NN3 NEMA 1 Enclosed Catalog Number C306DG3B C306GG3B
C306DN3B
Standalone Applications
NEMA Size 00, 0, 1 1 3 4 58 Maximum Ampere Rating 32 75 105 144 Number of Poles 3 3 3 3 Open Type Catalog Number C306DT3B C306GT3B C306KN3 C306NN3
NEMA Sizes 58 use the 32A overload in conjunction with CTs. Series B overload relays have load lugs built into relay base and will only accept Series B heater packs. These relays can be directly attached to contactor or they can be DIN rail or panel mounted using adapter on Page V5-T28-45. These relays can be panel mounted only. Overload relay assembled with mounting adapter for DIN rail or panel mount. Panel mount only. NEMA Sizes 58 use the 32A overload in conjunction with CTs.

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Heater Pack Selection Heater packs H2001B to H2017B and H2101B to H2117B are to be used only with Series B overload relays Catalog Numbers C306DN3B (Part No. 10-7016) and C306GN3B (Part No. 10-7020). The load lugs are built into the overload relay
base to allow load wiring prior to heater pack installation. The previous heater design had integral load lugs. The Series B heater packs are electrically equivalent to the previous heater design. Heaters H2018-3 to H2024-3 have not changed.
Starters with Series B Overload Relays

NEMAAN Type Size 000 12 5 6 78 Series C B B C B IECAE Type Size AF GK GK GK GK Series C B B B B
Heater Pack H2001BH2017B
Standard TripClass 20 Heater

Motor Full Load Ampere Rating Dial Position A B
Overload Relay Size
Catalog Number H2001B-3 H2002B-3 H2003B-3 H2004B-3 H2005B-3 H2006B-3 H2007B-3 H2008B-3 H2009B-3 H2010B-3 H2011B-3 H2012B-3 H2013B-3 H2014B-3 H2015B-3 H2016B-3 H2017B-3
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
For Use with NEMA Sizes 000 Series C, NEMA Sizes 12 Series B; IEC Sizes AF Series C, IEC Sizes GK Series B 32A or 75A 0.254 0.375 0.560 0.814 1.20 1.79 2.15 3.23 4.55 6.75 9.14 14.0 18.7 23.5 75A 29.0 39.6 53.9 0.306 0.452 0.676 0.983 1.45 2.16 2.60 3.90 5.50 8.17 10.8 16.9 22.7 28.5 34.0 45.5 60.9 0.359 0.530 0.791 1.15 1.71 2.53 3.04 4.56 6.45 9.58 12.4 19.9 26.7 33.5 39.1 51.5 67.9 0.411 0.607 0.907 1.32 1.96 2.90 3.49 5.23 7.40 11.0 14.0 22.8 30.7 38.5 44.1 57.4 74.9
For Use with NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes GK Only, Series B
Notes The series of a starter is the last digit of the listed catalog number. Example: AN16DN0AB. Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. catalog numbers are for three heater packs.
V5-T28-41
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-42 32A 32A 32A 32A Heater Pack H2018H2024

Freedom Series
Standard TripClass 20 Heater, continued

Motor Full Load Ampere Rating Overload Relay Size Dial Position A B C D Catalog Number H2025-3 H2026-3 H2027-3 H2018-3 H2019-3 H2020-3 H2021-3 H2022-3 H2023-3 H2024-3 H2004B-3 H2005B-3 H2006B-3 H2007B-3 H2008B-3 H2005B-3 H2006B-3 H2007B-3 H2008B-3 H2004B-3 H2005B-3 H2006B-3 H2007B-3 H2008B-3 H2004B-3 H2005B-3 H2006B-3 H2007B-3 H2008B-3
For Use with NEMA Sizes 34, IEC Sizes LN OnlySeries A 105A or 144A 8.0 11.4 14.3 18.0 24.6 33.5 45.7 62.2 84.7 106.0 49 72 107 129 194 144 215 258 388 163 240 358 430 646 244 360 537 645 969 9.2 12.8 15.7 20.2 27.6 37.5 51.2 69.7 95.0 118.0 59 87 130 156 234 174 259 312 468 197 290 432 520 780 295 435 648 780 1170 10.3 14.3 17.4 22.3 30.5 41.5 56.7 77.1 105.0 131.0 69 103 152 182 274 205 304 365 547 230 342 506 608 912 345 513 759 912 1368 11.5 15.7 19.0 24.5 33.4 45.6 62.1 84.6 115.0 144.0 79 118 174 209 235 348 419 627 264 392 580 698 396 588 870 1047
For Use with Size 5 StartersSeries B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT
For Use with Size 6 Starters OnlySeries B and IEC TV with 600/5 CT
For Use with Size 7 Starters OnlySeries B and IEC WX with 1000/5 CT
For Use Size 8 Starters OnlySeries B and IEC Z with 1500/5 CT
Notes Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. catalog numbers are for three heater packs. Sizes 58 and IEC PZ use the 32A overload relay with current transformers.

Freedom Series
28.1
28
Catalog Number H2101B-3 H2102B-3 H2103B-3 H2104B-3 H2105B-3 H2106B-3 H2107B-3 H2108B-3 H2109B-3 H2110B-3 H2111B-3 H2112B-3 H2113B-3 H2114B-3 H2115B-3 H2116B-3 H2117B-3 H2104B-3 H2105B-3 H2106B-3 H2107B-3 H2108B-3 H2105B-3 H2106B-3 H2107B-3 H2108B-3 H2104B-3 H2105B-3 H2106B-3 H2107B-3 H2108B-3 H2104B-3 H2105B-3 H2106B-3 H2107B-3 H2108B-3
Heater Pack H2101BH2117B
Fast TripClass 10 Heater

Motor Full Load Ampere Rating Dial Position A B
Overload Relay Size
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
For Use with NEMA Sizes 000 Series C, NEMA Sizes 12 Series B; IEC Sizes AF Series C, IEC Sizes GK Series B 32A or 75A 0.260 0.384 0.570 0.846 1.28 1.92 2.30 3.38 4.96 7.07 9.60 14.4 18.7 23.5 75A 28.3 36.6 53.8 32A 51 77 115 138 203 32A 154 230 276 406 32A 169 256 384 460 676 32A 254 384 576 690 1014 0.313 0.464 0.688 1.02 1.55 2.33 2.79 4.10 6.03 8.58 11.2 17.5 21.8 27.3 32.6 42.3 60.8 61 93 140 167 246 186 280 335 492 204 310 466 558 820 306 465 699 837 1230 0.367 0.543 0.806 1.20 1.83 2.74 3.28 4.82 7.09 10.1 12.8 20.7 25.0 31.0 37.0 48.1 67.9 72 110 164 197 289 220 329 394 578 240 366 543 656 360 549 822 984 0.420 0.623 0.924 1.37 2.10 3.15 3.77 5.54 8.16 11.6 14.4 23.8 28.1 34.8 41.3 53.8 74.9 82 126 189 226 252 378 452 274 420 630 754 411 630 945 1131
For Use with Size 2, IEC Sizes GK OnlySeries B
For Use with Size 5 Starters OnlySeries B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT
For Use with Size 6 Starters OnlySeries B and IEC TV with 600/5 CT
For Use with Size 7 Starters OnlySeries B and IEC WX with 1000/5 CT
For Use with Size 8 Starters OnlySeries B and IEC Z with 1500/5 CT
Notes Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. catalog numbers are for three heater packs. Sizes 58 and IEC PZ use the 32A overload relay with current transformers.
V5-T28-43
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-44 Overload Relay Cover

Freedom Series
Accessories
DIN Rail and Panel Mounting Adapter These adapters are required adapter includes line when component overload terminals and connects relays are to be separately with the overload relays mounted. The terminal base on Page V5-T28-40. DIN Rail and Panel Mounting Adapter
Description For 32A overload relay For 75A overload relay Catalog Number C306TB1 C306TB2B
Modications
C306 Thermal Overload Relays with Mounting Adapter Consists of a thermal permits fast and easy overload relay mounted to a installation. terminal base adapter
C306 Thermal Overload Relays with Mounting Adapter

Description C306DN3B + C306TB1 C306GN3B + C306TB2B Catalog Number C306DT3B C306GT3B
C306TB1
Locking Cover for Overload RelayC306 Only Snap-on transparent or dialhelps prevent accidental opaque plastic panel for or unauthorized changes to covering access port to the trip and reset setting. overload relay trip setting
Locking Cover for Overload Relay C306 Only

Description Clear cover, no accessibility Min. Order Qty. (Std. Pkg.) 50 Catalog Number C320PC3 C320PC4 C320PC5 C320PC6
Gray cover, no accessibility with 50 auto only nib Gray cover, no accessibility with 50 manual only nib Gray cover with FLA dial 50 accessibility, A, B, C, D positions and auto only nib Gray cover with FLA dial 50 accessibility, A, B, C, D positions and manual only nib
C320PC7
Notes This Series B adapter will accept Series A or B overload relays (C306GN3 or C306GN3B), C306TB2 can only be used with C306GN3.

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Replacement Parts
Heater Pack Replacement The heater pack series is determined by the 6th character of the catalog number. Series A or prior heater packs (identified by either A or - as the 6th character) have built-in load lugs. Series B or later heater Overload Relay Lug Adapter Kit packs do not (load lugs are on overload relay). Replacement of Series A or earlier heater packs with Series B or later heater packs, requires the one time addition of Lug Adapter Kit C3606KAL1-3B to the Series A1 overload relay. Superseded 32A Series A Overload RelayC306DN3 Superseded 75A Series A Overload RelayC306GN3
Superseded Series A Heater Pack
Heater Pack Replacement Requirements

Existing Heater Pack Catalog Numbers H2001-3H2013-3 H2001A-3H2013A-3 H2001B-3H2013B-3 H2014-3 H2014A-3 H2014B-3 H2015-3H2017-3 Replacement Product Required Lug adapter kit C306KAL1-3B and Series B heater pack Series B heater pack When inventory is exhausted, replace with lug adapter kit C3606KAL1-3B and Series B heater pack Series B heater pack When inventory is exhausted, replace with heater pack chosen from table below When inventory is exhausted, replace with lug adapter kit C3606KAL1-3B and Series B heater pack Series B heater pack
Series B Heater Pack
H2015A-3H2017A-3
These kits are used in conjunction with Catalog Numbers H2001BH2014B or H2101BH2114B heater packs as a means of utilizing these Series B heater packs in Catalog Numbers C306DN3 and C306GN3 Series Al overload relays. The kit consists of three lug
adapters and installation instructions. When installing Series B heater packs plus lug adapters in Series A overload relays, refer to heater pack FLA adjustment tables originally supplied with equipment (also supplied with kit).
28 28 28 28 28 28
H2015B-3H2017B-3
C306KAL1
Overload Relay Lug

Description Series Al overload relay lug adapter kit Catalog Number C306KAL1-3B
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Heater Pack Ratings

Motor Full Load Ampere Rating Dial Position A B C 29.0 39.6 53.9 32.5 44.3 60.4 36.0 49.1 66.8 Order Heater Pack Catalog Number H2015B-3 H2016B-3 H2017B-3
D 39.5 53.8 74.9
Overload Relay Replacement Series A Only When replacing a Catalog Number C306DN3 (Part No. 10-6044) or C306GN3 (106319) Series A overload relay on a starter, order a Series B overload relay and Series B heater packs.
V5-T28-45
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-46 10,000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 500 400 300 200 Trip Time (Seconds) 100 50 40 30 20 10 5 4 3 2 1 0

Freedom Series

Operation C306 Overload Relay Setting For motors having a 1.15 service factor, rotate the FLA (Full Load Amperes) adjustment dial to correspond to the motors FLA rating. Estimate the dial position when the motor FLA falls between two letter values as shown in the example. For motors having a 1.0 service factor, rotate the FLA dial one-half position counterclockwise (CCW). FLA Dial Adjustment
1.0 1.15 Service Service Factor Factor B A C D Example of setting for manual reset.
The overload relay is factory set at M for manual reset operation. For automatic reset operation, turn the reset adjustment dial to the A position as shown in the illustration. Automatic reset is not intended for two-wire control devices. Manual/Automatic Reset
A M
be replaced if burnout of the heater element occurs. General Overload relays are provided to protect motors, motor control apparatus and motorbranch circuit conductors against excessive heating due to motor overloads and failure to start. This definition does not include: 1) motor circuits over 600V, 2) short circuits, 3) ground faults and 4) fire pump control. (NEC Art. 430-31) Time Current Characteristics The time-current characteristics of an overload relay is an expression of performance which defines its operating time at various multiples of its current setting. Tests are run at Underwriters Laboratories (UL) in accordance with NEMA Standards and the NEC. UL requires:
G
When tested at 200 percent of its current rating, the overload relay shall trip in not more than 8 minutes When tested at 600 percent of the current rating, the overload relay shall trip in not more than 10 or 20 seconds, depending on the Class of the relay
Current Rating is defined as the minimum current at which the relay will trip. Per NEC, an overload must ultimately trip at 125% of FLA current (heater) setting for a 1.15 service factor motor and 115% FLA for a 1.0 service factor motor. Current Setting is defined as the FLA of the motor and thus the overload heater pack setting. Example: 600% of current rating is defined as 750% (600 x 1.25) of FLA current (heater) setting for a 1.15 service factor motor. A 10A heater setting must trip in 20 seconds or less at 75A motor current for a Class 20 relay.
Example of 12.0 FLA setting for heater pack number H2011B showing position for 1.0 or 1.15 service factor motors.
Test for Trip Indication To test overload relay for trip indication when in manual reset, pull out the blue reset button. An orange flag will appear indicating that the device has tripped. Push reset button in to reset. WarningTo provide continued protection against fire or shock hazard, the complete overload relay must
When tested at 100 percent of its current rating, the overload relay shall trip ultimately
Class 10 and Class 20 Trip Curves

10,000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 From Cold Start From Hot Start 500 400 300 200 Trip Time (Seconds) 100 50 40 30 20 10 5 4 3 2 1 2 4 6 8 Multiples of Current Setting 10 0 2 4 6 8 Multiples of Current Setting 10 From Cold Start
From Hot Start
Class 10 Overload Relay 25C Open Rating
Class 20 Overload Relay 25C Open Rating

Freedom Series
28.1
575V 1/2 2 5 15 30 60 150 300
Wire (75C) SizesAWG or kcmilNEMA Sizes 002, IEC AKOpen Power TerminalsLine
IEC Size A, B, C D, E, F G, H, J, K NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 Cu Only 1216 stranded, 1214 solid 8 16 stranded, 1014 solid 814 stranded or solid 314 (upper) and/or 614 (lower) stranded or solid

NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 200V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 25 60 125 230V 1/2 1-1/2 3 10 20 30 75 150 460V 1/2 2 5 15 30 60 150 300
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Power TerminalsLoadCu Only (Stranded or Solid)

Catalog Number C306DN3B C306GN3B Control TerminalsCu Only 1216 AWG stranded, 1214 AWG solid Terminal 32A 75A Wire Size 146 AWG 142 AWG
Overload Relay UL/CSA Contact Ratings Control Circuit

AC Volts NC Contact B600 Make and break amperes Break amperes Continuous amperes NO Contact C600 Make and break amperes Break amperes Continuous amperes 30 3 5 15 1.5 2.5 15 1.5 5 7.5 0.75 2.5 7.5 0.75 5 3.375 0.375 2.5 6 0.6 5 3 0.3 2.5 120V 240V 480V 600V
Wire (75C) SizesAWG or kcmilNEMA Sizes 38, IEC LNOpen Power TerminalsLine and Load
IEC Size L M N NEMA Size 3 4 5 67 8 Control TerminalsCu Only 1216 AWG stranded, 1214 AWG solid Wire Size 1/014 Cu/Al 1/08 Cu/Al 3/08 Cu/Al Open3/08 Cu Enclosed250 kcmil6 Cu/Al 750 kcmil2 or (2) 250 kcmil3/0 Cu/Al (2) 750 kcmil3/0 Cu/Al (2) 750 kcmil1/0 Cu/Al
Notes Two compartment box lug. Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period. NEMA standard ICS 2-1993 table 2-4-3. DC ratings cover Freedom Series coils only.
Power Terminal Torque Line and Load Terminals

Catalog Number C306DT3B C306GT3B Terminal 32A 75A Torque in lb-in 20 35 (1410 AWG) 40 (8 AWG) 45 (64 AWG) 50 (32 AWG) C306KN3 (socket head screw) 105A 120 (3/16) 200 (1/4) 250 (5/16) C306NN3 (socket head screw) 144A 120 (3/16) 200 (1/4) 250 (5/16) C306NN3 (slotted head screw) 35 (1410 AWG) 40 (8 AWG) 45 (64 AWG) 50 (31/0 AWG)
V5-T28-47
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-48 F B E

Freedom Series
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Stand-Alone Overload Relays 32A and 75A SizesC306DT38 and C306GT3B
D G C
105A and 144A SizesC306KN38 and C306NN3B

A C
A D

Ampere Size 32A 75A 105 and 144A Wide A 1.77 (45.0) 2.54 (64.5) 4.00 (101.6) High B 4.13 (104.9) 4.69 (119.1) 7.17 (182.1) Deep C 3.69 (93.7) 3.74 (95.0) 4.91 (124.7) Mounting D 1.36 (34.5) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) E 3.74 (95.0) 3.45 (87.6) 6.62 (168.1) F (Slot) 0.18 x 0.30 (4.6 x 7.6) 0.22 x 0.26 (5.6 x 6.6) G (Hole) 0.18 (4.6) dia. 0.21 (5.3) dia. Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 0.8 (0.4) 1.4 (0.6) 4.0 (1.8)

Freedom Series
28.1
Page V5-T28-4 V5-T28-10 V5-T28-15 V5-T28-21 V5-T28-30 V5-T28-35
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Contents
Description ContactorsNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . StartersThree-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . StartersSingle-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . RelaysThermal Overload C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-50 V5-T28-51 V5-T28-52 V5-T28-53 V5-T28-56 V5-T28-62
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay

Product Description
Eatons new electronic overload relay (EOL) is the most compact, highfeatured, economical product in its class. Designed on a global platform, the new EOL covers the entire power control spectrum including NEMA, IEC and DP contactors. The NEMA and DP versions are offered with the C440 designation while the IEC offering has the XT designation. The electronic design provides reliable, accurate and value driven protection and communications capabilities in a single compact device. It is the flexible choice for any application requiring easy-touse, reliable protection. Eaton has a long history of innovations and product development in motor control and protection, including both traditional NEMA, as well as IEC control. It was from this experience that the C440 was developed, delivering new solutions to meet todays demands. C440 is a self-powered electronic overload relay available up to 100A as a self contained unit. With external CTs, C440 can protect motor up to 1500 FLA. Available add-on accessories include remote reset capability and communication modules with I/O for DeviceNet, PROFIBUS, and Modbus.
Features and Benets

Features G Reliable, accurate, electronic motor protection G Easy to select, install and maintain G Compact size G Flexible, intelligent design G Global product offeringavailable with NEMA, IEC and DP power control Size/Range G Broad FLA range (0.331500A) G Selectable trip class (10A, 10, 20, 30) G Direct mounting to NEMA, IEC and DP contactors G Most compact electronic overload in its class Motor Control G Two B600 alarm (NO) and fault (NC) contacts G Test/Trip button Motor Protection G Thermal overload G Phase loss G Selectable (ON/OFF) phase unbalance G Selectable (ON/OFF) ground fault User Interface G Large FLA selection dial G Trip status indicator G Operating mode LED G DIP switch selectable trip class, phase unbalance and ground fault G Selectable Auto/Manual reset Feature Options G Remote reset G 120 Vac G 24 Vac G 24 Vdc
G G
Tamper-proof cover Communications modules G Modbus RTU RS-485 G DeviceNet with I/O G PROFIBUS with I/O G Modbus RTU with I/O (Q4 2010) G Ethernet IP (planned)
V5-T28-49
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-50 Unbalanced phases (voltage and current) Ground fault

Freedom Series
Benets Reliability and Improved Uptime G C440 provides the users with peace of mind knowing that their assets are protected with the highest level of motor protection and communication capability in its class G Extends the life of plant assets with selectable motor protection features such as trip class, phase unbalance and ground fault G Protects against unnecessary downtime by discovering changes in your system (line/load) with remote monitoring capabilities G Status LED provides added assurance that valuable assets are protected by indicating the overload operational status Flexibility G Available with NEMA, IEC and DP contactors G Improves return on investment by reducing inventory carrying costs with wide FLA adjustment (5:1) and selectable trip class G Design incorporates built-in ground fault protection thus eliminating the need for separate CTs and modules G Flexible communication with optional I/O enables easy integration into plant management systems for remote monitoring and control G Available as an open component and in enclosed control and motor control center assemblies Monitoring Capabilities G Individual phase currents RMS G Average three-phase current RMS G Thermal memory G Fault indication (overload, phase loss, phase unbalance, ground fault) Safety G IP 20 rated terminal blocks G Available in Eatons industry leading FlashGard MCCs G Tested to the highest industry standards such as UL, CSA, CE and IEC G RoHS compliant

G G G G G G G G G
UL CSA CE NEMA IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660 ISO 13849-1 (EN954-1) RoHS ATEX directive 94/9/EC Equipment Group 2, Category 2
Electronic Overload Education

Description Motor Protection Thermal overload Overload is a condition in which current draw exceeds 115% of the full load amperage rating for an inductive motor. An increase in the load or torque that is being driven by the motor. A low voltage supply to the motor causes the current to go high to maintain the power needed. A poor power factor causing above normal current draw. A line to ground fault. A current leakage path to ground. Increase in current draw leads to heat and insulation breakdown, which can cause system failure. Increase in current can increase power consumption and waste valuable energy. An undetected ground fault can burn through multiple insulation windings, ultimately leading to motor failure, not to mention risk to equipment or personnel Thermal trip behavior is dened by UL, CSA and IEC standards. Trip class is settable from 10A, 10, 20, 30 Denition Cause Effect if not Protected C440/XT Protection
Fixed protective setting that takes the starter ofine if ground fault current exceeds 50% of the FLA dial setting, i.e., if the FLA dial is set to 12A, the overload relay will trip if the ground current exceeds 6A. Fixed protective setting that takes the starter ofine if a phase drops below 50% of the other two phases.
Uneven voltage or current between phases in a three-phase system.
When a three-phase load is powered with a poor quality line, the voltage per phase may be unbalanced.
Unbalanced voltage causes large unbalanced currents and as a result this can lead to motor stator windings being overloaded, causing excessive heating, reduced motor efciency and reduced insulation life. Single-phasing can lead to unwanted motor vibrations in addition to the results of unbalanced phases as listed above.
Phase losscurrent (single-phasing)
One of the three-phase voltages is not present.
Multiple causes, loose wire, improper wiring, grounded phase, open fuse, etc.
Fixed protective setting that takes the starter ofine if a phase drops below 50% of the other two phases.

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28
C440 FLA Range (FVNR and FVR only) NEMA Size 00 1P6 = 0.331.65A 005 = 15A 020 = 420A NEMA Size 0 1P6 = 0.331.65A 005 = 15A 020 = 420A NEMA Size 1 1P6 = 0.331.65A 005 = 15A 020 = 420A 045 = 945A NEMA Size 2 005 = 15A 020 = 420A 045 = 945A NEMA Size 3 100 = 20100A NEMA Size 4 NEMA Size 5 300 = 60300A
Catalog Number Selection

Freedom Series NEMA Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays
A N 1 9 A N 0 A 5E 005
Device Type A = Starter Standard N = NEMA C440 OLR Designation (FVNR and FVR only) 5E = Standard feature set SEL Reset, SEL Class (10A, 10, 20, 30) 5G =Ground fault feature set SEL Reset, SEL Class (10, 20) AC Coil Suffix Volts and Hertz 120/60 or 110/50 240/60 or 220/50 480/60 or 440/50 600/60 or 550/50 208/60 277/60 208240/60 240/50 380415/50 550/50 24/60, 24/50 24/50 32/50 48/60 48/50
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Device Assembly Configuration 1 = Non-reversing 5 = Reversing
OLR Type 9 = Starter w/C440 EOLR
A B D G K N S
Contactor Frame Size NEMA Continuous Size Amperes = 00 9 = 0 18 = 1 27 = 2 45 = 3 90 = 4 135 = 5 270
NEMA Enclosure N = Open
For Starters Starter Mounting Option 0 = Horizontal
Sufx A = B = C = D = E = H = J = K = L = N = T = U = V = W= Y =
Notes See Page V5-T28-52 for Product Selection. NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 13 are 24/60 only. Starter not shipped as an assembled unit. Order NEMA Size 4 contactor (CN15NN3A) plus current transformers (ZEB-XCT300) and 15A C440 overload relay (C440A1A005SELAX or C440A2A005SELAX). NEMA Size 5 starter available with 60-300A panel mounted CTs. Starter shipped as an assembled unit with 15A C440 overload relay (C440A1A005SELAX or C440A2A005SELAX).
V5-T28-51
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-52

Freedom Series
Product Selection
Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays
NEMA Starter
Non-Reversing and Reversing

NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 Continuous Ampere Rating 9 18 27 45 90 135 270 Service Limit Current Rating (Amps) 11 21 32 52 104 156 311 Maximum UL Horsepower Single-Phase Three-Phase 115V 230V 208V 240V 1/3 1 2 3 1 2 3 7-1/2 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 Three-Pole Non-Reversing Catalog Number AN19AN0_ 5E _ AN19BN0_ 5E _ AN19DN0_ 5E _ AN19GN0_ 5E _ AN19KN0_ 5E _ AN19SN0_ 5E _ Three-Pole Reversing Catalog Number AN59AN0_ 5E _ AN59BN0_ 5E _ AN59DN0_ 5E _ AN59GN0_ 5E _ AN59KN0_ 5E _ AN59SN0_ 5E _
480V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200
600V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200
Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters with C440 with Ground Fault Electronic Overload Relays
NEMA Starter with Ground Fault
Non-Reversing and Reversing

NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 Continuous Ampere Rating 9 18 27 45 90 135 270 Service Limit Current Rating (Amps) 11 21 32 52 104 156 311 Maximum UL Horsepower Single-Phase Three-Phase 115V 230V 208V 240V 1/3 1 2 3 1 2 3 7-1/2 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 Three-Pole Non-Reversing Catalog Number AN19AN0_ 5G _ AN19BN0_ 5G _ AN19DN0_ 5G _ AN19GN0_ 5G _ AN19KN0_ 5G _ AN19SN0_ 5G _ Three-Pole Reversing Catalog Number AN59AN0_ 5G _ AN59BN0_ 5G _ AN59DN0_ 5G _ AN59GN0_ 5G _ AN59KN0_ 5G _ AN59SN0_ 5G _
480V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200
600V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200
Coil Sufx Codes

Sufx A B C D E H J K Coil Volts and Hertz 120/60 or 110/50 240/60 or 220/50 480/60 or 440/50 600/60 or 550/50 208/60 277/60 208240/60 240/50 Sufx L N T U V W Y Coil Volts and Hertz 380415/50 550/50 24/60, 24/50 24/50 32/50 48/60 48/50
C440 FLA Range (FVNR and FVR Starters Only)

NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 OLR Code 1P6 005 1P6 005 1P6 005 005 020 100 300 300 FLA Range 0.331.65A 1.05.0A 0.331.65A 1.05.0A 0.331.65A 1.05.0A 1.05.0A 4.020A 20100A 60300A OLR Code 020 020 020 045 045 FLA Rating 4.020A 4.020A 4.020A 9.045A 9.045A 60300A
Notes Underscore (_) indicates coils sufx required, see Coil Sufx table above. Underscore (_) indicates OLR designation required, see C440 FLA Range table above. Starter not shipped as an assembled unit. Order NEMA Size 4 contactor (CN15NN3A) plus current transformers (ZEB-XCT300) and 15A C440 overload relay (C440A1A005SELAX or C440A2A005SELAX). NEMA Size 5 starter available with 60-300A panel mounted CTs. Starter shipped as an assembled unit with 15A C440 overload relay (C440A1A005SELAX or C440A2A005SELAX).

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28
Accessories
CT Kits Accessories
Description Safety Cover Safety Cover Clear Lexan cover that mounts on top of the FLA dial and DIP switches when closed. ZEB-XSC Catalog Number
Reset Bar
Reset Bar Assembles to the top of the overload to provide a larger target area for door mounted reset operators. ZEB-XRB
28 28 28 28
Remote Reset
Remote Reset Remote reset module (24 Vdc) Remote reset module (120 Vac) Remote reset module (24 Vac) C440-XCOM ZEB-XRR-120 ZEB-XRR-24
28 28 28 28
Communication The C440 is provided with two levels of communication capability. Advanced Basic Communication via Communication Expansion Module Monitoring and Control Monitoring Only C440 also has the ability to Basic communication on communicate on industrial the C440 is accomplished protocols such as DeviceNet, using an expansion module. PROFIBUS, Modbus RTU and The expansion module plugs Modbus TCP, and Ethernet into the expansion bay on (planned) while providing the C440 overload relay, control capability using I/O. enabling communications with the overload via their An expansion module Modbus RTU (RS-485) (mentioned earlier) combined network. No additional parts with a communication are required. See adapter and a communication figure below. module allows easy integration onto the customers network. See figure below.
Advanced Communication Communication Module The communication adapter comes standard with four inputs and two outputs (24 Vdc or 120 Vac) while providing the customer with flexible mounting options (DIN rail or panel). See figure below,
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Basic Communication Modbus
Advanced Communication Communication Adapter with Communication Module
28 28 28
V5-T28-53
Note Customer can wire remote mounted button to reset module (i.e., 22 mm pushbutton, catalog number M22-D-B-GB14-K10).
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-54 Communication Adapter Expansion Module

Freedom Series
The following information can be viewed using the communication option: G G G Motor statusrunning, Percent thermal capacity Overload relay settings stopped, tripped or trip class, DIP switch G Fault codes (only available resetting selections, reset selections prior to reset) G G Individual rms phase Modbus address (can be G Percent phase unbalance currents (A, B, C) set over the network) G Ground fault current and G Average of three-phase percent rms current Communication Accessories
Description Expansion module (Remote Reset/Modbus RTU, RS-485 Communication) Catalog Number C440-XCOM
Communication adapter kit (DIN C Panel mounted adapter, required for advance communication option)
C440-COM-ADP
DeviceNet communication module kit120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441K + C440-COM-ADP) DeviceNet communication module kit24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441L + C440-COM-ADP) PROFIBUS communication module kit120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441S + C440-COM-ADP) PROFIBUS communication module kit24V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441Q + C440-COM-ADP) Modbus communication module kit120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441N + C440-COM-ADP) Modbus communication module kit24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441P + C440-COM-ADP) Ethernet IP communication module kit120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441R + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-DN-120 C440-DN-24 C440-DP-120 C440-DP-24 C440-MOD-120 C440-MOD-24 C440-EIP-120

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Modbus Communication Module The Modbus module combined with an expansion module and a communication adapter provide Modbus communication capability to the C440 electronic overload relay.
Modbus Communication Module
Features and Benets G The Modbus communication module is capable of baud rates up to 115K G The Modbus address and baud rate conguration can be easily changed using the HMi user interface G Modbus address and baud rate are set via convenient DIP switches; LEDs are provided to display Modbus trafc G Conguration with common Modbus conguration tools
Terminals G Unique locking mechanism provides for easy removal of the terminal block with the eld wiring installed G Each terminal is marked for ease of wiring and troubleshooting Selectable I/O assemblies G 4IN/2OUT G Signal types include 24 Vdc I/O and 120 Vac I/O
Each I/O module is optically isolated between the eld I/O and the network adapter to protect the I/O and communication circuits from possible damage due to transients and ground loops Input Module features a user-denable input debounce, which limits the effects of transients and electrical noise Output Module supports a user-denable safe state for loss of communication; hold last state, ON or OFF
DeviceNet Communication Modules Features and Benets The DeviceNet Communication Module G Communication to provides monitoring and DeviceNet uses only one control for the C440 overload DeviceNet MAC ID relay from a single DeviceNet G Conguration node. These modules also G DeviceNet MAC ID and offer convenient I/O in two Baud rate are set via voltage options, convenient DIP 24 Vdc and 120 Vac. switches with an option to set from the network G Advanced conguration available using common DeviceNet tools
DeviceNet Communication Module

G
Combined status LED
PROFIBUS Communication Modules Features and Benets The PROFIBUS module combined with an expansion G The PROFIBUS module and a communication communication module is adapter provide Modbus capable of baud rates communication capability to up to 12 Mb the C440 electronic overload G PROFIBUS address is relay. set via convenient DIP switches; LEDs are provided to display PROFIBUS status G Intuitive conguration with common PROFIBUS conguration tools
PROFIBUS Communication Module
V5-T28-55
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-56 Motor Protection Thermal overload setting Feature Phase loss Use with Contactors XT IEC frames Freedom NEMA sizes Trip Class Description Electrical Ratings

Freedom Series

Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A
Specication 45 mm Range 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 0.331.65A 15A 420A 945A B, C, D 00, 0, 1, 2 10A, 10, 20, 30 Selectable 1.05 x FLA: does not trip 1.15 x FLA: overload trip Range Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% 50% of FLA dial setting >150% = 2 sec >250% = 1 sec Manual/automatic Orange ag One ash: Overload operating properly Two ashes: Current is above FLA dial settingpending trip Yes Yes Yes Yes 55 mm Range 690 Vac (60/50 Hz)
Operating voltage (three-phase) and frequency FLA Range
20100A F, G 3 10A, 10, 20, 30 Selectable 1.05 x FLA: does not trip 1.15 x FLA: overload trip Range Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% 50% of FLA dial setting >150% = 2 sec >250% = 1 sec Manual/automatic Orange ag One ash: Overload operating properly Two ashes: Current is above FLA dial settingpending trip Yes Yes Yes Yes
Phase unbalance (selectable: enable/disable) Ground fault (selectable: enable/disable)
Reset Indicators Trip status Mode LED Options Remote reset Reset bar Communication expansion module Communication adapter Capacity Load terminals Terminal capacity Tightening torque Input, auxiliary contact and remote reset terminals Terminal capacity Tightening torque Voltages Insulation voltage U i (three-phase) Insulation voltage U i (control) Rated impulse withstand voltage Overvoltage category/pollution degree
1210 AWG (46 mm2) 86 AWG (616 mm2) 2025 lb-in (2.32.8 Nm) 2530 lb-in (2.83.4 Nm) 2 x (1812) AWG 5.3 lb-in (0.81.2 Nm) 690 Vac 500 Vac 6000 Vac III/3
61 AWG (1650 mm2) 2530 lb-in (2.83.4 Nm)
2 x (1812) AWG 5.3 lb-in (0.81.2 Nm) 690 Vac 500 Vac 6000 Vac III/3

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued

Description Auxiliary and Control Circuit Ratings Conventional thermal continuous current Rated operational currentIEC AC-15 Make contact (1800 VA) 120V 240V 415V 500V Break contact (180 VA) 120V 240V 415V 500V IEC DC-13 (L/R F 15 ms1) 0250V Rated operational currentUL B600 Make contact (3600 VA) 120V 240V 480V 600V Break contact (360 VA) 120V 240V 480V 600V R300Vdc ratings (28 VA) 0120V 250V Short-Circuit Rating without Welding Maximum fuse Environmental Ratings Ambient temperature (operating) Ambient temperature (storage) Operating humidity UL 991 (H3) Altitude (no derating) NEMA ICS1 Shock (IEC 600068-2-27) Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6) Pollution degree per IEC 60947-4-1 Ingress protection Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (IEC 536) Mounting position Climatic proong 13F to 149F (25C to 65C) 40F to 185F (40C to 85C) 5% to 95% non-condensing 2000m 15g any direction 3g any direction 3 for product (2 for pcb) IP20 Finger- and back-of-hand proof Any Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30 13F to 149F (25C to 65C) 40F to 185F (40C to 85C) 5% to 95% non-condensing 2000m 15g any direction 3g any direction 3 for product (2 for pcb) IP20 Finger- and back-of-hand proof Any Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30 6A gG/gL 6A gG/gL 0.22A 0.11A 0.22A 0.11A 3A 1.5A 0.75A 0.6A 3A 1.5A 0.75A 0.6A 30A 15A 7.5A 6A 30A 15A 7.5A 6A 1.0A 1.0A 1.5A 1.5A 0.9A 0.8A 1.5A 1.5A 0.9A 0.8A 15A 15A 0.5A 0.5A 15A 15A 0.5A 0.5A 5A 5A Specication 45 mm 55 mm
V5-T28-57
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-58 Description Electrical/EMC

Freedom Series
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued

Specication 45 mm 55 mm
Radiated emissions IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15 EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A, ISM Conducted emissions IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14 EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1; Class ISM ESD immunity IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) Radiated immunity IEC 60947-4-1 IEC 61000-4-3 Conducted immunity IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-6 Fast transient immunity IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-4 Surge immunity IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-5 a Class 4
30 mHz to 1000 mHz
30 mHz to 1000 mHz
0.15 mHz to 30 mHz
0.15 mHz to 30 mHz
8 kV air, 6 kV contact 10 V/m 80 mHz1000 mHz 3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 gHz 80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave 140 dub (10V rms) 150 kHz100 mHz 4 kV using direct method with accessory installed in expansion bay 2 kV using direct method Three-phase power inputs: 4 kV line-to-line (DM) 4 kV line-to-ground (CM) With accessory installed in expansion bay: 2 kV line-to-line (DM) >1.2/50 us; 2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line 4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
8 kV air, 6 kV contact 10 V/m 80 mHz1000 mHz 3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 gHz 80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave 140 dub (10V rms) 150 kHz100 mHz 4 kV using direct method with accessory installed in expansion bay 2 kV using direct method Three-phase power inputs: 4 kV line-to-line (DM) 4 kV line-to-ground (CM) With accessory installed in expansion bay: 2 kV line-to-line (DM) >1.2/50 us; 2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line 4 kV line-to-ground (CM) 30 A/m, 50 Hz 10 V/m 5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max. 4 kV contact 8 kV air discharge 2 kV using direct method 2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Power freq. magnetic eld immunity IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-8 Electromagnetic eld IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3 Distortion IEEE 519 Electrostatic discharge (ESD) IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61131-2 Electrical fast transient (EFT) IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61131-2 Surge immunity IEC 61000-4-5, EN 61131-2
30 A/m, 50 Hz 10 V/m 5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max. 4 kV contact 8 kV air discharge 2 kV using direct method 2 kV line-to-ground (CM)

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Communication Modules
Description Electrical/EMC Radiated emissions IEC 60947-4-1Table 15, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A Conducted emissions IEC 60947-4-1Table 14, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A ESD immunity IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) Radiated immunity IEC 60947-4-1 Conducted immunity IEC 60947-4-1 Fast transient immunity IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 6100-4-4 Surge immunity IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3 Electromagnetic eld IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-3 Environmental Ratings Ambient temperature (operating) Ambient temperature (storage) Operating humidity Altitude (no derating) Shock (IEC 600068-2-27) Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6) Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1 Degree of protection Overvoltage category per UL 508 DeviceNet DeviceNet connections DeviceNet baud rate PROFIBUS PROFIBUS connections PROFIBUS baud rate C441_ 24 Vdc Input Nominal input voltage Operating voltage Number of inputs Signal delay OFF-state voltage ON-state voltage Nominal input current Isolation Terminal screw torque 24V source current Note Relates to C441M only. 24 Vdc 1830 Vdc 4 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) <6 Vdc >18 Vdc 5 mA 1500V 79 in-lb 50 mA 24 Vdc 1830 Vdc 4 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) <6 Vdc >18 Vdc 5 mA 1500V 79 in-lb 50 mA 24 Vdc 1830 Vdc 4 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) <6 Vdc >10 Vdc 5 mA 1500V 79 in-lb 50 mA Group 2, polling, bit strobe, explicit, no UCMM 9.6K, 19.2K, 45.45K, 93.75K, 187.5K, 500K, 1.5M, 3M, 6M, 12M Group 2, polling, bit strobe, explicit, no UCMM 125K, 250K, 500K 4F to 122F (20C to 50C) 40F to 185F (40C to 85C) 595% noncondensing 2000m 15G any direction 3G any direction 3 IP20 III 13F to 122F (25C to 50C) 40F to 185F (40C to 85C) 595% noncondensing 2000m 15G any direction 3G any direction 3 IP20 III 13F to 122F (25C to 50C) 40F to 185F (40C to 85C) 595% noncondensing 2000m 15G any direction 3G any direction 3 IP20 III 301000 mHz 301000 mHz 301000 mHz Modbus DeviceNet PROFIBUS
0.1530 mHz
0.1530 mHz
0.1530 mHz
8 kV air, 4 kV contact 10 V/m 801000 mHz 80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave 140 dBuV (10V rms) 150 kHz80 mHz 2 kV using direct method User IO and communication lines : 1 kV line-to-line (DM) 2 kV line-to-ground (CM) 10 V/m
8 kV air, 4 kV contact 10 V/m 801000 mHz 80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave 140 dBuV (10V rms) 150 kHz80 mHz 2 kV supply and control, 1 kV communication User IO and communication lines: 0.5 kV line-to-line (DM) 1 kV line-to-ground (CM) 10 V/m
8 kV air, 4 kV contact 10 V/m 801000 mHz 80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave 140 dBuV (10V rms) 150 kHz80 mHz 2 kV supply and control, 1 kV communication User IO and communication lines: 0.5 kV line-to-line (DM) 1 kV line-to-ground (CM) 10 V/m
V5-T28-59
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-60 Description OFF state Transition region ON state C441_ 120 Vac Input Nominal input voltage Operating voltage Number of inputs OFF-state voltage ON-state voltage Nominal input current Signal delay Isolation Terminal screw torque OFF state Transition region ON state Output Modules Nominal voltage Number of outputs Relay OFF time Relay ON time Max. current per point Electrical life Mechanical life

Freedom Series
Communication Modules, continued

Modbus 06 Vdc 618 Vdc 1830 Vdc 120 Vac 80140 Vac 4 <30 Vac >80 Vac 15 mA 1/2 cycle 1500V 79 in-lb 030 Vac 3080 Vac 80140 Vac 120 Vac 24 Vdc (2) 1NO Form A 1NO/NC Form C 3 ms 7 ms 5A (B300 rated) 100,000 cycles 1,000,000 cycles DeviceNet 06 Vdc 618 Vdc 1830 Vdc 120 Vac 80140 Vac 4 <30 Vac >80 Vac 15 mA 1/2 cycle 1500V 79 in-lb 030 Vac 3080 Vac 80140 Vac 120 Vac 24 Vdc (2) 1NO Form A 1NO/NC Form C 3 ms 7 ms 5A (B300 rated) 100,000 cycles 1,000,000 cycles PROFIBUS 06 Vdc 618 Vdc 1830 Vdc 120 Vac 80140 Vac 4 <20 Vac >70 Vac 15 mA 1/2 cycle 1500V 79 in-lb 030 Vac 3080 Vac 80140 Vac 120 Vac 24 Vdc (2) 1NO Form A 1NO/NC Form C 3 ms 7 ms 5A (B300 rated) 100,000 cycles 1,000,000 cycles Operating Voltage RangeDC Input Modules
Operating Voltage RangeAC Input Modules
Note Resistive current at 55C ambient.

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28
Short Circuit Ratings (North America CSA, cUL) Changes to UL 508A and NEC in recent years have brought a focus to control panel safety with regard to short-circuit current ratings (SCCR). Eatons C440 electronic overload relays combined with XT series IEC and Freedom Series NEMA contactors provide a wide variety of SCCR solutions needed for a variety of applications. The SCCR data in this document reflects the latest information as of April 2010. C440/XT Standalone Overload Relays (XT, C440)
Standard-Fault Short Circuit Data Overload FLA Range 0.331.65A 15A 420A 945A 20100A Maximum Operating Voltage 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac Maximum Fuse Size (A) (RK5) 6 20 80 175 400 Maximum Breaker Size (A) 15 20 80 175 400 High-Fault Short Circuit Data Fuses (RK5, J, CC) 480V (kA) 100 100 100 100 600V (kA) 100 100 100 100 Maximum Fuse Size 30 100 100 200 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Maximum 480V (kA) 600V (kA) Breaker Size 100 100 100 150 35 35 35 35 20 80 100/175 (480/600) 250/400 (480/600)
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
600V (kA) 1 5 5 5 10
NEMA Freedom Series Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays

NEMA Size 00 Maximum Operating Voltage 0.331.65A 15A 420A 0 0.331.65A 15A 420A 1 0.331.65A 15A 420A 945A 2 15A 420A 945A 3 20100A High-Fault Short Circuit Data Fuses (RK5, J, CC) 480V 600V 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Maximum Fuse Size 30 30 30 60 60 60 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Maximum 480V 600V Breaker Size 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 50 35 35 70 70 100 100 100 175 175 175 250
IEC XT Starters with XT Electronic Overload Relays

Contactor Frame Size B C Maximum Operating Voltage 15A 420A 15A 420A 945A D F G 945A 20100A 20100A 20100A High-Fault Short Circuit Data Fuses (RK5, J, CC) 480V 600V 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Maximum Fuse Size 30 30 60 60 60 200 200 200 200 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Maximum 480V 600V Breaker Size 65 65 65 65 35 35 65 65 175 175 350 350
V5-T28-61
28.1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-62 NEMA Size 00, 0 1, 2 3 5 A A RESET B E D A E B

Freedom Series
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA Starters Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters
E B
Text Orientation Text Orientation
C D
C Sizes 1, 2
A
Sizes 00, 0
A D
B E
Text Orientation
RESET
Text Orientation
C Size 5
Size 3 B 6.60 (167.6) 7.10 (180.0) 11.40 (289.6) 17.81 (452.3) C 4.90 (124.5) 4.98 (126.5) 5.92 (150.3) 8.08 (205.2) D 2.00 (50.8) 1.77 (44.9) 6.00 (152.4)
E 6.18 (157.0) 6.50 (165.0) 10.81 (274.6) 16.01 (406.6)
1.97 (50.0) 2.60 (65.0) 4.09 (103.8) 7.00 (177.8)

Freedom Series
28.1
28 28 28 28
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Full Voltage Reversing Starters
B E
Text Orientation
B E
Text Orientation
28 28 28 28 28 28
C
D A Sizes 00, 0
D A Size 1
B E
Text Orientation
28
E B
28 28 28 28
RESET
Text Orientation
D A Size 2 A D
28 28 28 28 28 28 28
D A E B Size 3
C Size 5 NEMA Size 00, 0 1 2 3 5 A 5.20 (132.0) 6.70 (171.0) 6.70 (171.0) 8.08 (205.2) 14.50 (368.3) B 7.40 (187.0) 7.10 (180.0) 8.10 (205.0) 11.35 (288.3) 17.81 (452.3) C 4.90 (125.0) 4.98 (126.5) 4.98 (126.5) 6.00 (152.0) 8.06 (204.8) D 3.50 (89.0) 5.25 (133.0) 5.25 (133.0) 7.00 (177.8) 13.50 (342.9) E 6.90 (174.0) 5.70 (144.0) 6.70 (170.0) 10.77 (273.6) 16.00 (406.6)
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Volume 5Motor Control and Protection CA08100006EMay 2011 www.eaton.com V5-T28-63
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
G

A200 Series
Contents
Description A200 Series ContactorsNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . StartersNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . RelaysThermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RelaysCurrent Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . Page V5-T28-64 V5-T28-70 V5-T28-91 V5-T28-93 V5-T28-96 V5-T28-99 V5-T28-102 V5-T28-104

Product Description
Class A201 Contactors, Sizes 004; Three-Phase, 1-1/2100 hp A201 Magnetic Contactors from Eatons electrical sector are 600V rated devices available in NEMA Sizes 00 4, 10A through 150A (open rating). Product features include:
G
of common backplates, one for Sizes 002 and one for Sizes 34. In addition, panel space is reduced dramatically through the use of unique corner cavities for mounting the wide variety of modifications shown on Page V5-T28-83. For reversing applications, two contactors are supplied on a common base with electrical and mechanical interlocks which prevent both contactors from being closed at the same time. Class A201 Contactors, Sizes 59; Three-Phase, Over 100 hp These AC magnetic contactors utilize clapper design and feature straightthrough wiring. Contacts are silver alloy for longer life. The contacts close with optimum wiping action which serves to keep the contacting surfaces clean. De-ion arc quenchers draw the arc away from the contacts at opening, which reduces burning and pitting and increases contact life. All of the contactors are complete with one unwired, normally-open (NO) auxiliary contact mounted and have
accommodations for additional auxiliary contacts. No control circuit wiring or terminal markings are included. Size 5, 300A, 600V, Open Size 6, 600A, 600V, Open Class A201 Size 5 and 6 contactors are front clapper design, AC operated with the armature pivoting on dual needle bearings which assure accurate contact alignment. The contactor base is molded of a high impact, nontracking, non-hygroscopic glass polyester material permitting front mounting and wiring on a steel panel. Floating magnet assures quiet operation. Size 5 and 6 contactors must be mounted with the line terminals directly above the load terminals. Multi-voltage coil ratings allow selection of the voltage which closely matches the actual system voltage to assure optimum contactor operation. Each contactor accommodates two Type J11 auxiliary contacts, providing up to four auxiliary circuits, normally-open or normallyclosed (NO and NC).
A201 Size 5 and 6 contactors and starters are UL recognized when supplied without terminals. When supplied with terminals, the devices are UL listed. Two special configurations of the Class A201 Size 5 and 6 contactors are available:
G
Straight-through wiring to line and load terminals located up front for ease of installation Moving and stationary contacts are front accessible, simplifying inspection and maintenance Reliable U-shaped magnet for reduced power consumption Coil design reduces inventory/maintenance expenses. For a given voltage, one size coil ts all contactors Sizes 002, and a second coil ts three-pole Model J Sizes 3 and 4. Model K coils are different design
A201 contactors have normally open holding circuit interlocks which are supplied as standard. Panel layout and drilling are simplified through the use
Latched Design This is a mechanically held, electrically released device. It is applied where the contactor must remain closed during extreme voltage uctuations or power failure. It is also suitable for applications requiring quiet operation since the operating coil is de-energized when the contactor is closed. The latch assembly consists of a mechanical latch mechanism, electrically operated AC trip solenoid and a clearing contact DC OperatedThis device is DC operated. It is used where low dropout voltage or exceptionally quiet operation is desired. The DC assembly consists of a DC operating coil, integrally mounted rectier and shorting contact
V5-T28-64

A200 Series
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Application Description
Size 7, 900A, 600V, Open Size 8, 1350A, 600V, Open Size 9, 2500A, 600V, Open Class A201 Size 7 and 8 contactors are DC operated side clapper design with the shaft mounted on dual needle bearings to ensure positive contact alignment and long contact life. A steel panel base permits mounting on angle or channel without additional support, for versatile low cost installation. Each stationary contact assembly is mounted on an individual molded insulator. Each pair of contacts is surrounded by a De-ion grid type arc quencher for rapid and confined arc interruption and long contact life. The shunt for each pole is made of flexible, braided copper cable for freedom of movement and long life. The rugged DC operating coils are designed to operate at high temperature and insulated to meet Class H service. An integrally mounted avalanche type silicon rectifier supplies DC coil voltage from the AC control circuit. Sizes 7 and 8 accommodate three Type L-63 auxiliary contacts which are easily converted from normallyopen to normally-closed, providing auxiliary circuit flexibility. Size 9 uses L-64 auxiliary contacts with a total of four circuits. A201 Size 7, 8 and 9 contactors and starters are UL recognized when supplied without terminals. When supplied with terminals, the devices are UL listed. Magnetic contactors are used to switch transformers and capacitors and to control electrical power circuits such as heating, lighting and motors that require no overload protection, or where overload protection is separately provided. They can be operated remotely by manual or automatic pilot devices.

A201 contactors are UL listed components and also have CSA certification.
Instructional Leaets
16960B Sizes 001 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 16961E Size 2 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 13238G Size 3 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 17001C Size 4 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 17049D Size 5 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 17053B Size 6 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 17048 Sizes 78 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 16978 Size 9 Magnetic Contactor, Non-reversing or Reversing
V5-T28-65
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-66 Size

A200 Series
Product Selection
Non-Reversing, Sizes 009 When Ordering Specify Order by catalog number from the table below, plus suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes. Front Connected Contactors
Max. UL Horsepower Single-Phase Three-Phase 115V 230V 208V 240V Two Poles Open 480V 600V Catalog Number A201KAB_ A201K0B_ A201K1B_ A201K2B_ A201K3B_ A201K4B_ A201K5B_ A201K6B_ A201K7B_ A201K8B_ A201K9B_ Three Poles Open Catalog Number A201KAC_ A201K0C_ A201K1C_ A201K2C_ A201K3C_ A201K4C_ A201K5C_ A201K6C_ A201K7C_ A201K8C_ A201K9C_Z1 Four Poles Open Catalog Number A201KAD_ A201K0D_ A201K1D_ A201K2D_ A201K3D_ A201K4D_ Five Poles Open Catalog Number A201KAE_ A201K0E_ A201K1E_ A201K2E_ A201K3E_ A201K4E_
A201 Size 1 Contactor
Amps
Sizes 006 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 810 1215 2250 1/3 1 2 3 1 2 3 7-1/2 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 200 400 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 300 450 800 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900 1600 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900
Sizes 79
Rear Connected Contactors

120V Rectied Coil/Open Only Size Catalog Number 7 8 9 A201K7CJZ1Z4 A201K8CJZ1Z4 A201K9CJZ1Z4
Coil Sufx
Coil Volts and Hz Sizes 006 120/60 or 110/50 200208/60 240/60 Sizes 7, 8 and 9 480/60 600/60 110120/50 or 60 220240/50 or 60 440480/50 or 60 600/60 Notes Sizes 79 use rectier with DC coil. For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V. Supplied without terminal lugs. X E J K U E A B W Code Sufx

A200 Series
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Reversing, Sizes 009 When Ordering Specify Order by catalog number from the table below, plus suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes. Class A211Horizontally Mounted and Class A251Vertically Mounted Reversing Contactors
Max. UL Horsepower Single-Phase 115V 230V Horizontal Design Three-Phase 208V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number A211K0C_ A211K1C_ A211K2C_ A211K3C_ A211K4C_ A211K5C_ A211K6C_ Vertical Design Catalog Number A251K0C_ A251K1C_ A251K2C_ A251K3C_ A251K4C_ A251K5C_ A251K6C_ A251K7C_ A251K8C_ A251K9C_
Size 1 Horizontal Reversing Contactor
Size
Amps
Sizes 0 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 810 1215 2250 1 2 3 2 3 7-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 200 400 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 300 450 800 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900 1600 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900
Sizes 79
Coil Sufx
Coil Volts and Hz Sizes 006 120/60 or 110/50 200208/60 240/60 480/60 600/60 Sizes 7, 8 and 9 110120/50 or 60 220 240/50 or 60 440480/50 or 60 600/60 J K U E A B W X E Code Sufx
Notes Sizes 79 use rectier with DC coil. For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
V5-T28-67
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-68 NEMA Size 00, 0, 1 2 3, 4 5 6 7 8 9 No. of Poles 24 5 2, 3 4, 5 2, 3 4, 5 2, 3 2, 3 3 3 3 Fig. A A A A A A B C D D D C 0.12 (3.0) E 2 E F

A200 Series
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Non-Reversing Open Contactors Figure ASizes 004 A210
0.22 (5.6) Dia. Hole A C 0.12 (3.0) D D B C G 0.20 (5.1) 4 Mounting Slots 0.38 (9.7) Dia. Open End Mounting Slot (2 Places) E 2 E A B
Figure BSize 5
0.38 x 0.5 (9.7 x 12.7) 2 Mounting Slots G
Figure CSize 6
0.38 x 0.5 (9.7 x 12.7) 2 Mounting Slots G
Figure DSizes 79
C A E H G D B B D
E 2 A
4 Holes for 0.38 (9.7) Dia. Mounting Hardware

Mounting Screws No. Size A 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 #10 #10 #10 #10 1/4 in. 1/4 in. 3/8 in. 3/8 in. 3/8 in. 3/8 in. 1/2 in. 3.31 (84.1) 4.19 (106.4) 3.31 (84.1) 5.06 (128.5) 4.63 (117.6) 7.25 (184.2) 7.22 (183.4) 7.22 (183.4) 23.50 (596.9) 23.50 (596.9) 33.00 (838.2) B 4.38 (111.3) 4.38 (111.3) 4.38 (111.3) 4.38 (111.3) 6.63 (168.4) 6.63 (168.4) 12.00 (304.8) 13.50 (342.9) 18.63 (473.2) 19.25 (489.0) 29.75 (755.7) C 4.61 (117.1) 4.61 (117.1) 4.94 (125.5) 4.94 (125.5) 6.75 (171.5) 6.75 (171.5) 7.75 (196.9) 9.50 (251.3) 11.00 (279.4) 11.00 (279.4) 12.94 (328.7) D 3.95 (100.3) 3.95 (100.3) 3.95 (100.3) 3.95 (100.3) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 11.00 (279.4) 11.00 (279.4) 12.00 (304.8) 12.00 (304.8) 8.00 (203.2) E 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.88 (47.8) 1.88 (47.8) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) 22.00 (558.8) 22.00 (558.8) 30.75 (781.1) F 1.66 (42.2) 2.09 (53.1) 1.66 (42.2) 2.53 (64.3) 2.31 (58.7) 3.63 (92.2) G 0.23 (5.8) 0.23 (5.8) 0.23 (5.8) 0.23 (5.8) 0.38 (9.7) 0.38 (9.7) 0.59 (15.0) 0.59 (15.0) 5.63 (143.0) 5.63 (143.0) 14.50 (368.3) H 2.22 (56.4) 2.22 (56.4) 0.75 (19.1) 0.75 (19.1) 1.63 (41.4) Weight, Lbs (kg) 2.6 (1.2) 3.2 (1.5) 3.3 (1.5) 4.5 (2.0) 9.3 (4.2) 13.0 (5.9) 25.0 (11.4) 42.0 (19.1) 215.0 (97.6) 265.0 (120.3) 315.0 (143.0)

A200 Series
28.2
28 28 28
G
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Reversing Open Contactors Figure ASizes 004 Horizontal
A F G C
Figure CSizes 5, 6 Horizontal
28 28
B
D B
28 28 28 28 28
H G
E 2
0.20 (5.1) Dia. 3 Mounting Slots
E 2 E H
Figure BSizes 004 Vertical

A G C
Figure DSizes 5, 6 Vertical
Figure ESizes 79 Vertical

C A E
28 28 28 28
H D D B 0.20 (5.1) Dia. 3 Mtg. Holes F C E 2 A
H B 0.53 (13.5) Dia.3 Holes
D B
28 28 28 28 28 28

NEMA Size 00, 0, 1 2 3, 4 5 6 7 8 9 No. of Poles 3 x 3 H. 3 x 3 V. 3 x 3 H. 3 x 3 V. 3 x 3 H. 3 x 3 V. 3 x 3 H. 3 x 3 V. 3 x 3 H. 3 x 3 V. 3 x 3 V. 3 x 3 V. 3 x 3 V. Mounting Screws Fig. No. Size A A B A B A B C D C D E E E 3 3 3 3 3 3 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 #10 #10 #10 #10 1/4 in. 1/4 in. 3/8 in. 3/8 in. 3/8 in. 3/8 in. 3/8 in. 3/8 in. 1/2 in. 7.13 (181.1) 3.33 (84.6) 7.13 (181.1) 3.33 (84.6) 9.75 (247.7) 4.63 (117.6) 17.22 (437.4) 8.25 (209.6) 17.22 (437.4) 8.25 (209.6) 23.50 (596.9) 23.50 (596.9) 33.00 (838.2) B 4.45 (113.0) 9.61 (244.1) 4.45 (113.0) 9.61 (244.1) 6.88 (174.8) 16.56 (420.6) 12.00 (304.8) 30.00 (762.0) 13.50 (342.9) 41.50 (1054.1) 38.63 (981.2) 39.25 (997.0) 62.75 (1593.9) C 5.05 (128.3) 5.05 (128.3) 5.38 (136.7) 5.38 (136.7) 7.25 (184.2) 7.25 (184.2) 7.75 (196.9) 7.75 (196.9) 8.75 (222.3) 8.75 (222.3) 11.00 (279.4) 11.00 (279.4) 12.94 (328.7) D 3.95 (100.3) 9.08 (230.6) 3.95 (100.3) 9.08 (230.6) 6.00 (152.4) 15.69 (398.5) 11.00 (279.4) 18.00 (457.8) 11.00 (279.4) 28.00 (711.2) 20.00 (508.0) 20.00 (508.0) 33.00 (838.2) E 5.31 (134.9) 2.16 (54.9) 5.31 (134.9) 2.16 (54.9) 7.00 (177.8) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) 22.00 (558.8) 22.00 (558.8) 30.75 (781.1) F 3.56 (90.4) 0.75 (19.1) 3.56 (90.4) 0.75 (19.1) 4.88 (124.0) 0.94 (23.9) 10.00 (254.0 10.00 (254.0) G 0.25 (6.4) 0.25 (6.4) 0.25 (6.4) 0.25 (6.4) 0.44 (11.2) 0.44 (11.2) 0.59 (15.0) 0.59 (15.0) 5.63 (143.0) 5.63 (143.0) 14.50 (368.3) H 4.52 (114.8) 4.52 (114.8) 7.78 (197.6) 1.38 (35.1) 1.38 (35.1) 1.38 (35.1) 1.38 (35.1) 0.75 (19.1) 0.75 (19.1) 1.63 (41.4) Weight, Lbs (kg) 7.8 (3.5) 8.9 (4.0) 9.1 (4.1) 10.0 (4.5) 24.0 (10.9) 25.0 (11.4) 55.0 (25.0) 55.0 (25.0) 90.0 (40.9) 90.0 (40.9) 450.0 (204.3) 550.0 (249.7) 650.0 (295.1)
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-69
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28

A200 Series
StartersNon-Reversing and Reversing
Contents
Description ContactorsNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . StartersNon-Reversing and Reversing Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features and Benets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instructional Leaets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories and Field Modication Kits . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RelaysThermal and Fast Trip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . . . Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . . Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heater Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RelaysCurrent Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . . . Page V5-T28-64 V5-T28-71 V5-T28-71 V5-T28-71 V5-T28-71 V5-T28-72 V5-T28-75 V5-T28-78 V5-T28-83 V5-T28-84 V5-T28-86 V5-T28-88 V5-T28-91 V5-T28-93 V5-T28-96 V5-T28-99 V5-T28-102 V5-T28-104
StartersNon-Reversing and Reversing

Product Description
NEMA Sizes 004; Three-Phase, 1-1/2100 hp These Starters from Eatons electrical sector use Class A201 contactors as described on Page V5-T28-64. Contactor features are enhanced through the ability to provide positive motor protection in the form of several types of overload relays. See Pages V5-T28-91 to V5-T28-103. Type B Overload Relay, Manual Reset Only Supplied as standard on Class A200 and A900 starters (two-speed). The bi-metallic overload relay offers ambient compensation and trip-to-test feature (relay contact status check) as standard. In addition, an isolated normallyopen contact is available in kit form for customer mounting. Type B overload relays are manual reset only. Type A Overload Relay, Manual or Automatic Reset This is an optional overload relay, offering the capability of field conversion to automatic reset. It is available
V5-T28-70
as an ambient compensated or non-compensated type. Non-Reversing Starters Non-reversing starters are supplied as open devices. All starters are supplied with a normally-open holding circuit interlock. Reversing Starters For reversing applications (Class A210), a starter and a contactor electrically and mechanically interlocked are supplied on a common baseplate. Reversing starters are used to start, stop and reverse AC squirrel cage motors and for primary control of reversing woundrotor motors. For plugging or inching, when operations exceed five times per minute, decreased horsepower ratings in accordance with NEMA Standard ICS 2-321 are recommended. Two-Speed Starters, A900s For across-the-line starting of two-speed constant hp, constant torque and variable
torque squirrel cage motors, two-speed starters (Class A900) are available. These starters consist of two starters, one for each motor speed, mechanically and electrically interlocked and wired for manual speed selection by means of pushbuttons. Auxiliary relays may be added to provide automatic acceleration or deceleration. Starters for two-speed, two independent winding motors consist of two-, three- or fourpole starters electrically and mechanically interlocked. Starters for two-speed, single reconnectable winding motors consist of one threepole and one five-pole starter mechanically and electrically interlocked. NEMA Sizes 59; Three-Phase 75 to 1600 hp Non-reversing (Class A200), and reversing (Classes A210, A250) full voltage starters are used for across-the-line starting of squirrel cage
induction motors. They are used with motors rated above 50 hp at 230V, and above 100 hp at 460 through 600V. Sizes 5 and 6 starters use Class A201 contactors as described on Page V5-T28-64. In addition to standard motor starters, special application devices are available: Sizes 5 and 6 starters with integrally rectified AC to DC coils for applications where low voltage problems are prevalent are available. Front Removable Parts All operating parts can be removed quickly and easily from the front. Straightthrough wiring and conveniently located connection points for external wires and cables minimize installation time. Type B Block Type Thermal Overload Relay Dependable overload protection is assured by these snap-action, manual reset relays. Automatic reset Type A relays are available as an option.

A200 Series
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Types of Starters Class A200, Sizes 5 and 6 Non-reversing starters contain an AC magneticallyoperated Size 5 or Size 6 line contactor and block Type B three-pole overload relay, along with three current transformers. A control relay whose contacts handle the coil current of the starter is provided with Size 6 starters. Class A200, Sizes 7, 8 and 9Non-reversing starters contain a DC operated line contactor, DC power supply, block Type B three-pole overload relay with three current transformers and a control relay. Class A960/A970/A980 Multi-Speed Starters: Refer to Page V5-T28-74. Magnetic starters are used for full-voltage, across-theline starting and stopping of squirrel cage motors. They can be operated locally or remotely by manual or automatic pilot devices.
Features and Benets

Sizes 004 G Straight-Through Wiring, Up-Front, Out-Front Terminals for ease in installation G Unique Accessory Mounting Cavities reduce panel space requirements G Snap-in Accessories for application exibility G Vertical and Horizontal Interlocking capability increases application exibility G Ambient Compensated Overload Relays available as standard, offering superior motor protection in variable motor/controller environments G Isolated Normally Open Relay Contact available in kit mounting form on Type B Overload Relay Sizes 59 G Rectied AC/DC Coils available to reduce premature drop-out or kiss problems due to inherent low voltage conditions G Clapper Design armature assembly pivots on needle bearings resulting in quick, smooth opening and closing of the magnet G Stainless Steel Kick-Out Spring assures quick, positive drop-out time G Front Removable Parts all current carrying parts front removable for easy inspection and maintenance

Class A200 starters are UL listed and recognized and also carry CSA certification.
Instructional Leaets
16958 Sizes 001, 3-Pole Motor Controller 16956 Sizes 001, 2-Pole, Single-Phase Motor Controller 16959 Size 2, 3-Pole Motor Controller 16957 Size 2, 2-Pole, Single-Phase Motor Controller 15465C Sizes 3 and 4J Motor Controller 17000C Size 4, Model K Motor Controller 17054C Size 5 Motor Controller 17055C Size 6 Motor Controller
V5-T28-71
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-72 Size

A200 Series
Product Selection
Non-Reversing, Sizes 009 When Ordering Specify Order by catalog number from the tables to the right, plus suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes.
Size 3 Starter
Heaters Enter heaters as separate item by listing catalog number from the tables on Pages V5-T28-102 and V5-T28-103, as required per starter.
Non-Reversing Starters
Max. UL Horsepower Amperes Sizes 002 9 18 27 36 45 9 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 810 1215 2250 1/3 1 2 3 7-12 1/3 1 2 7-12 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 200 400 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 300 450 800 2 5 10 25 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900 1600 2 5 10 25 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900 A200MABR A200M0BR A200M1BR A200MDBR A200M2BR A200MAC_ A200M0C_ A200M1C_ A200M2C_ A200M3C_ A200M4C_ A200M5C_ A200M6C_ A200M7C_ A200M8C_ A200M9C_ Single-Phase 115V 230V Three-Phase 208V 240V 480V 600V Open Catalog Number
Two-Poles 00 0 1 1-1/2 2 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Three PolesSizes 006
Three PolesSizes 79
Coil Sufx
Coil Volts and Hz Sizes 006 120/60 or 110/50 200208/60 240/60 480/60 600/60 Sizes 7, 8 and 9 110120/50 or 60 220240/50 or 60 440480/50 or 60 600/60 J W X E AC B W X E Code Sufx
Notes For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Sufx D. Single-phase with one single-pole overload relay. Sizes 79 use rectier with DC coil. For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.

A200 Series
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28
Reversing, Sizes 009 When Ordering Specify Order by catalog number from table below, plus suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes. Heaters Enter heaters as separate item by listing catalog number from the tables on Pages V5-T28-102 and V5-T28-103, as required per starter.
Size 1 Horizontal Reversing Starter
Reversing Starters
Max. UL Horsepower Single-Phase Size Amps 115V 230V Sizes 00 6 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Sizes 79 7 8 9 810 1215 2250 200 400 300 450 800 600 900 1600 600 900 A250M7C_ A250M8C_ A250M9C_ 9 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 1/3 1 2 3 1 2 3 7-1/2 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 A210MAC_ A210M0C_ A210M1C_ A210M2C_ A210M3C_ A210M4C_ A210M5C_ A210M6C_ A250MAC_ A250M0C_ A250M1C_ A250M2C_ A250M3C_ A250M4C_ A250M5C_ A250M6C_ Horizontal Design Three-Phase 208V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number Vertical Design Catalog Number
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Coil Sufx
Coil Volts and Hz Sizes 006 120/60 or 110/50 200208/60 240/60 480/60 600/60 Sizes 7, 8 and 9 110120/50 or 60 220240/50 or 60 440480/50 or 60 600/60 J W X E AC B W X E Code Sufx
Notes For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Sufx D. Sizes 79 use rectier with DC coil. For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
V5-T28-73
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-74

A200 Series
For Separate Two-Winding Motors Heaters Enter heaters as separate item by listing catalog number from the tables on Pages V5-T28-102 and V5-T28-103, as required per starter. Three-Phase, Non-Reversing, Reversing 60 Hz StartersHeater Selection
NEMA Sizes 06 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 2 5 7-1/2 20 30 60 100 2 5 10 25 40 75 150 3 7-1/2 20 40 75 150 300 3 7-1/2 20 40 75 150 300 A960M0C_ A960M1C_ A960M2C_ A960M3C_ A960M4C_ A960M5C_ A960M6C_ Amperes Constant Horsepower 208V 240V 480V 600V Constant or Variable Torque 208V 240V 480V 600V Three Poles Open Catalog Number
For Single-Winding Motors Sizes 06

NEMA Amperes 208V 240V 480V 600V Three Poles Open Catalog Number A970M0C_ A970M1C_ A970M2C_ A970M3C_ A970M4C_ A970M5C_ A970M6C_ A980M0C_ A980M1C_ A980M2C_ A980M3C_ A980M4C_ A980M5C_ A980M6C_
Constant Horsepower 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 18 27 45 90 135 270 540 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 2 5 7-1/2 20 30 60 100 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 2 5 10 25 40 75 150 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 3 7-1/2 20 40 75 150 300 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 3 7-1/2 20 40 75 150 300
Constant or Variable Torque
Coil Sufx
Coil Volts and Hz Sizes 06 120/60 or 110/50 200208/60 240/60 480/60 600/60 AC B W X E Coil Sufx
Note For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Sufx D.

A200 Series
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Break 3.00 360 VA
Accessories
SS-56 Surge Suppressor G Designed to be used with magnetic motor controllers through Size 4 in 120V, 60 Hz control circuit applications where electronic equipment is used G Steady state coil volts: 120, 60 Hz, rms
SS-56 Surge Suppressor
G
Peak input volts: 169.6, 60 Hz, max. amplitude Max. ambient temperature: 65C Nominal limiting volts: 270 peak Nominal rate of volt rise: 0.5 per ms
F-56 Fuse Block G Facilitates installation of fuses (15A, 600V max.) in control circuits G Utilizes Bussman type KTK fuses, or equivalent Fuse Block
Mounting Starter Panel
Mounts in same cavity as Type J auxiliary contact No tools or mounting hardware needed Fuse not included
Kit Catalog Number F56 F56-P
Surge Suppressor
Type Mounting Starter Kit Catalog Number SS-56
R-56 Interposing Relay The R-56AA interposing relay is a low energy solid-state device with a single NO solidstate contact. It can be used as a 120 Vac control relay, and will operate on as little as 40 Vac input. Is useful in Interposing Relay
applications requiring long control wiring runs where excessive voltage drop would prevent the contactor or relay from energizing. Will operate a Size 4 contactor from 10,000 feet using 18 AWG wire.
Mechanical Interlock G Prevents closing of one member of a reversing or multi-speed contactor until the opposite member is completely open G Lever type mechanism assures positive action Mechanical Interlock
Contactor Arrangement (Number of Poles, Horizontal or Vertical) 3 x 3 horizontal 4 x 4 horizontal 5 x 3 horizontal All pole combination, vertical 3 x 3 horizontal reversing 3 x 3 vertical reversing 5 x 3 horizontal 4 x 4 horizontal All pole combination horizontal All pole combination vertical
Can be factory assembled or eld mounted on A200 and A900 starters and contactors
Type Mounting Starter or panel
Kit Catalog Number R56-AA
B3NO Bell Alarm Contact G Isolated normally open bell alarm contact
Continuous Size 0, 1 0, 1 0, 1 0, 1 2 2 2 2 3, 4 3, 4 Interlock Catalog Number M-33-1B M-33-1B M-33-1B M-34-1A M-33-2B M-34-2A M-35-2A M-36-2A M-33-3B M-34-3
Mounts in Type B blocktype overload relay
Bell Alarm Contact

Kit Catalog Number B3NO-2 B3NO-4
Control Contact Ratings (B600)

AC Volts 24120 121600 Continuous current rating: 5A Maximum Amperes Make 30 3600 VA
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Overload Relay Reset Extension G Used to adjust overload reset rod depth of Class A200 Model J starters and current design overload relays to same dimensions as obsolete B200 starters and overloads identied by sufx B, i.e., BA13B
When replacing obsolete B200 device with Class A200 starter and Type B overload, order Style 6710C11H03. No charge. When replacing obsolete B200 device with Class A200 starter and Type A overload, order Style 1490C15H10. No charge.
Notes Can be used on Sizes 5 and 6 with 120V coil. Mounting bracket requiredorder separately. Mounting bracket 177C043G04. For Size 3 and 4.
V5-T28-75
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-76 7, 8 9

A200 Series
Power Pole Kit G Adds 1NO or 1NC power pole to Size 001 A201 Class contactors G Factory installed or eld mountable in load side auxiliary cavities Power Pole Kit
Continuous Current Rating Normally Open 18 27 Normally Closed 18 27 0 1 0 1
G G
600 Vac Continuous current rating of 18A for Size 0, 27A for Size 1
DC Coil Conversion Kits Kits listed below include all necessary parts to convert from AC to DC control including the DC coil with DC Coil Conversion Kits
Size Voltage 110-120 220-240 440-480 6 110-120 220-240 440-480
built-in diode, rectifier, auxiliary interlock and all mounting hardware.
Kit Style Number 7864A28G01 7864A28G02 7864A28G03 7864A29G01 7864A29G02 7864A29G03
Kit Size
Kit Catalog Number PNO-0 PNO-1 PNC-0 PNC-1
Mechanical Interlocks Replacement Auxiliary Contacts

Contactor Size 5, 6 Contact Arrangement 1NO + 1NC 2NO 2NC 1NO 1NC 1NO + 1NC 2NO 2NC Auxiliary Elect. Contact Catalog Style Number Number J11 J20 J02 9084A17G01 9084A17G02 9084A17G03 578D461G01 578D461G03 843D943G04 843D943G05 843D943G06 Contactor Sizes 3, 4 and 5 5 and 5 5 and 6 6 and 7, 8 7, 8 and 7, 8 7, 8 and 9 9 and 9 Style Numbers Horizontal 2050A11G75 2050A11G27 2050A11G26 No (rear conn.) No (rear conn.) No (rear conn.) Vertical 2050A11G65 2050A11G17 2050A11G16 2050A11G55 567D624G01 9944D56G06 9944D56G01
Notes Do not use with DC operated contactors. Size 7 and larger use DC coils as standard.
Extra Auxiliary Contact Kits All starters include an auxiliary contact with 1NO and 1NC contact. These kits include an auxiliary contact with contacts Extra Auxiliary Contact Kits
Contactor Size 5, 6 Contact Arrangement 1NO + 1NC 2NO 2NC 7, 8 2NO 1NO
as shown, plus operating arm and mounting bracket when required.
Style Number 3463D94G18 3463D94G04 3463D94G19 818D498G06 818D498G04

A200 Series
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Overload Protection Overload Protection Size 5 Starters Type B overload relay is a three-pole, block type, thermal ambient compensated device with manual reset mounted integrally. Current transformers are enclosed in a protective case and integrally mounted to save panel space. Standard ratio is 300:5. Overload Protection Size 6 Starters Overload protection assembly consists of three current transformers, Type B threepole block overload relay and an optional interposing relay. These parts are mounted on a Overload Relay Kits
Kit Size 5 6
panel which connects directly to the load terminal of the contactor. Current transformers are 600:5 ratio as standard. If automatic reset is required, the Type A, three-pole block, ambient compensated relay is available upon request. Overload Relay Kits Each kit includes three current transformers (standard ratio) and one Type B, three-pole block overload relay, ambient compensated with manual reset.
Kit Part Number 2057A34G01 6379D80G10
Replacement Terminal Lugs

Terminals Contactor Size 5 6 7 8 Cable Size 1-500 MCM 2-500 MCM 4-500 MCM 4-500 MCM Quantity in Kit 6 6 12 12 Quantity Required per Pole 2 2 4 4 Kit Style Number 2119A76G01 7858A96G01 7858A96G02 7858A96G03
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Note All mounting hardware is included in kit.
V5-T28-77
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-78

A200 Series
Renewal Parts
When Ordering Specify Use this renewal parts data to identify device by style number, catalog number and/or description. Select style number of replacement part from the following pages. For clarification of ordering procedure, pricing and discounts, contact the Customer Support Center. General Information This renewal parts data will provide the proper identification of standard parts which may be required for maintenance of Eatons components. It is the intent of this catalog section to make it possible to quickly select the parts needed. An investment in renewal parts and regular maintenance program will protect against downtime and ensure a proper duty cycle for your equipment. To maintain maximum operating efficiency and dependability of your equipment, only genuine Eaton replacement parts should be used. This section identifies the replacements parts which are available. Order by style number.
JF Autostarters JF Autostarter Kits

Frame Size 23 45 5L 5M5MM Start Contacts Required Style Number 1 1 1 38A7018G12 550D409G18 3354D90G08 Run Contacts Required 1 1 1 Style Number 38A7018G13 550D409G19 3354D90G09 Grid Stack Kit Required Style Number 1 1 2 3354D90G10 3354D90G10 3354D90G10
Solenoid Assembly with Coil (All Sizes)

Volt 115 230 460 575 Hz 60 60 60 60 Style Number 5264C05H01 5264C05H02 5264C05H03 5264C05H04
Notes Kits contain a complete set of moving contacts, stationary contacts and springs. When replacing solenoid assembly series 416C160 use adapter plate style 9917D02H01 one required. These styles replace coil style 296B892G__. When ordering new style as replacement, customer must order adapter plate 9917D02H01, one required.

A200 Series
28.2
28
Size 2 Style Number 373B331G11 373B331G12 373B331G13 6714C74G07 6714C74G08 672B788G32 672B788G34 672B788G33 672B788G35 1250C33G09 1250C33G05 503C796G01 371B870G03
AC Starters, Contactors A200, A201 AC Contactors Model J Sizes 00, 0, 1, 2 Kits

Part Contact kit Poles 2 3 4 5 Arc box Cross bar Upper base (for single rated coils only) Lower base KO spring (package of 10) Terminal line/load (package of 3) 2, 3, 4 5 2, 3 4, 5 2, 3 4, 5 2, 3 4, 5 All All Size 00 Style Number 373B331G17 373B331G18 373B331G18 373B331G19 6714C74G01 6714C74G04 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Size 0 Style Number 373B331G02 373B331G04 373B331G04 373B331G05 6714C74G02 6714C74G05 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Size 1 Style Number 373B331G07 373B331G09 373B331G09 373B331G10 6714C74G03 6714C74G06 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-79
AC Coils
Size 00, 0, 1 Two-, Three-, Four-Pole Style Number 505C806G01 505C806G02 505C806G05 505C806G07 505C806G12 505C806G13 505C806G16 505C806G18 505C806G03 505C806G10 Five-Pole Style Number 505C808G01 505C808G02 505C808G05 505C808G07 505C808G12 505C808G13 N/A 505C808G16 505C808G03 505C808G10 Size 2 Two-, Three-Pole Style Number 505C806G01 505C806G02 505C806G05 505C806G07 505C806G12 505C806G13 505C806G16 505C806G18 505C806G03 505C806G10 Four-, Five-Pole Style Number 505C818G01 505C818G02 505C818G05 505C818G07 505C818G12 505C818G13 505C818G15 505C818G16 505C818G03 505C818G10
Voltage 120/110 208 600/550 380 240/220 480/440 24 277 240/480 120/240
Hz 60/50 60 60/50 50 60/50 60/50 60 60 60/60 60/60
DC Coil
Voltage 12 24 48 125 250 125/250 Size 0, 1 Single-, Two-, Three-, Four-Pole Style Number 1268C86G07 1268C86G04 1268C86G05 1268C86G02 1268C86G01 1268C86G03 Size 2 Single-, Two-, Three-Pole Style Number 1268C86G07 1268C86G04 1268C86G05 1268C86G02 1268C86G01 1268C86G03
Notes Model C contact tips and coils 00-4, two-, three-, four- and ve-pole contactors are same as Model J. All other parts are unavailable. Mounting hardware included. Use one each of 373B331G11 and 373B331G12. Two-, three-pole. Four-, ve-pole. Dual voltage coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with a dual voltage coil. Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Arc box Cross bar Upper base Lower base KO spring (package of 10) Terminal line/load (package of 3)

A200 Series
Accessories for Size 59 AC Contactors A rectifier circuit converts the AC supply to DC supply. This conversion provides pick up and drop out characteristics. All necessary parts are included in the kit. AC-DC Coil Conversion Kits
Voltage 120 Vac 240 Vac 480 Vac Size 5 Style Number 7864A28G01 7864A28G02 7864A28G03 Size 6 Style Number 7864A29G01 7864A29G02 7864A29G03
Accessories for Size 006 AC Contactors Auxiliary Electrical Interlocks

Catalog Number (Obsolete) (L-56) (L-56D) (L-56E) (L-56B) (L-56H) (L-56J) (L-56A) (L-56B) (L-56F) (L-56G) (L-56C) (L-56M) (L-56P) (L-56R) (L-56S) Style Number (Obsolete) (2609D01G01) (2609D01G02) (2609D01G03) (2609D01G04) (2609D01G05) (2609D01G06) (2609D01G07) (2609D01G08) (2609D01G09) (2609D01G10) (2609D01G11) (2609D01G12) (2609D01G17) (2609D01G18) (2609D01G19) Circuits 1NO and 1NC 2NO 1NO and 1NC 2NO 2NO 1NO and1NC DB N/A N/A N/A 1NO and 1NC DB 2NC N/A 1NO and 1NC 2NC 1NO and 1NC Catalog Number Current J11 J20 J11 J20 J20 J1C N/A N/A N/A J1C J02 N/A J11 J02 J11 Style Number Current 9084A17G01 9084A17G02 9084A17G01 9084A17G02 9084A17G02 9084A17G04 N/A N/A N/A 9084A17G04 9084A17G03 N/A 9084A17G01 9084A17G03 9084A17G01
Replacement Coils for AC-DC Coil Conversion Kit

Voltage 120 Vac 240 Vac 480 Vac Size 5 Style Number 7856A15G05 7856A15G10 7856A15G15 Size 6 Style Number 7856A16G05 7856A16G10 7856A16G15
Auxiliary Electrical Interlocks Size 79 AC and All DC Units

Type L63 L63 L64 L64 L64 Circuits NO NC NO-NC 2NO 2NC Application Size 78 Size 78 Size 9 Size 9 Size 9 Style Number 578D461G01 578D461G03 843D943G04 843D943G05 843D943G06
Model JK, Sizes 3 and 4 Sizes 3 and 4 Kits

Part Contact kit Poles 2 3 4 5 2, 3 4, 5 2, 3 4, 5 2, 3 4, 5 2, 3 4, 5 All All 6714C74G09 6714C74G10 672B788G36 672B788G38 672B788G37 672B788G39 1250C33G03 1250C33G06 503C796G02 372B357G12 6714C74G11 6714C74G12 672B788G36 672B788G38 672B788G37 672B788G39 1250C33G03 1250C33G06 503C796G02 372B357G18 Size 3Model J Style Number 626B187G12 626B187G13 Size 4Model J Style Number 626B187G16 626B187G17 Size 4Model K Style Number 5250C81G16 5250C81G17 5250C81G18 5250C81G19 6714C74G11 6714C74G12 672B788G40 672B788G52 1250C33G10 672B788G50 372B357G18
Notes Model C contact tips and coils 00-4, two-, three-, four- and ve-pole contactors are same as Model J. All other parts are unavailable. For 200A A202 magnetically latched lighting contactors order three-pole contact kit style 672B788G07. Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only. Use quantity two of 626B187G12. Use quantity one each of 626B187G12 and 626B187G13. Use quantity two of 626B187G16. Use quantity one each of 626B187G16 and 626B187G17.
V5-T28-80

A200 Series
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Accessories for Model JK, Series 3, 4 DC Coils

Model J Size 3, 4 Two-, Three-Pole Style Number 1255C68G04 1255C68G05 1255C68G01 1255C68G02 1255C68G03
Voltage 24 48 125 250 125/250
AC Coils
Model J Size 3, 4 Voltage 120/110 208 600/550 380 240/220 480/440 24 277 240/480 120/244 Hz 60/50 60 60/50 50 60/50 60/50 60 60 60/60 60/60 Two-, Three-Pole Style Number 505C633G01 505C633G02 505C633G05 505C633G07 505C633G12 505C633G13 505C633G34 505C633G14 505C633G03 505C633G10 Four-, Five-Pole Style Number 505C635G01 505C635G02 505C635G05 505C635G07 505C635G12 505C635G13 N/A N/A 505C635G03 505C635G10 Model K Size 4 Two-, Three-Pole Style Number 5250C79G01 5250C79G02 5250C79G05 5250C79G07 5250C79G12 5250C79G13 5250C79G34 5250C79G14 5250C79G03 5250C79G10 Four-, Five-Pole Style Number 5250C80G01 5250C80G02 5250C80G05 5250C80G07 5250C80G12 5250C80G13 N/A N/A 5250C80G03 5250C80G10
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
A201 ContactorsSize 59 GCA 530/630GPD 7, 8, 9 Kits

Part Contact kit (one per pole) Arc box Magnet assembly Mag. spg. kit Acr cup kit Load conversion kit Line conversion kit K.O. spring6 C.T. 300/5 C.T. 400/5 C.T. 600/5 C.T. 800/5 Phase barrier Cross bar Shunt Size 5 Style Number 477B477G05 2050A15G45 2050A15G46 2050A15G47 2050A15G48 2050A15G49 2050A15G50 2050A15G51 655C285H03 655C285H04 N/A N/A N/A 2050A15G12 N/A Size 6 Style Number 2066A10G11 2066A10G45 2050A15G46 2050A15G47 N/A 2066A10G49 2066A10G50 2066A10G46 N/A N/A 2066A10G18 2066A10G19 N/A 2066A10G15 2066A10G48 Size 7 Style Number 461A757G17 831D580G01 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 640C441G01 N/A 650C129G01 Size 8 Style Number 646C829G05 831D580G01 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 640C441G01 N/A 646C831G02 Size 9 Style Number 5264C42G01 5264C42G02 9917D69G02 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 5264C35G03 N/A 5264C39G02
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Notes Use only on units originally supplied with DC coil. Dual voltage coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with dual voltage coil. Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only. Catalog Number A201/A200 Series replaces GCA/GPD series. Renewal parts are the same. Use 477B477G06 for silver tungsten applications. R.C.
F.C. C.T. kit which replaces the single molded 1 C.T. assembly used on the old size 6 airbreak. The kit includes a single molded 3 C.T. assembly, 2 bus bar and hardware. This C.T. kit also replaces the single molded 3 C.T. assembly used on the present size 6 airbreak and size vacuum. Set of three. Set of four.
V5-T28-81
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-82

A200 Series
Accessories for A201 ContactorsSize 59 Coils (Sizes 5 and 6)

Voltage Sizes 5 and 6 110/120 110/120 200/208 220/240 200/208 220/240 277/303 380/415 440/480 440/480 550/600 550/600 380/415 120/240 24 DC 48 DC 125 DC 250 DC 60 50 50 50 60 60 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 60 2050A14G05 2050A14G06 2050A14G07 2050A14G08 2050A14G09 2050A14G10 2050A14G12 2050A14G14 2050A14G15 2050A14G16 2050A14G17 2050A14G18 2050A14G19 2050A14G20 2050A14G21 2050A14G22 2050A14G25 2050A14G27 2050A12G05 2050A12G06 2050A12G07 2050A12G08 2050A12G09 2050A12G10 2050A12G12 2050A12G14 2050A12G15 2050A12G16 2050A12G17 2050A12G18 2050A12G19 2050A12G20 2050A12G21 2050A12G22 2050A12G25 2050A12G27 Hz Size 5 Style Number Size 6 Style Number
Coils (Sizes 79)

Line Voltage Sizes 7 and 8 125 Vdc 230 Vdc 250 Vdc 110/120 Vac 220/240 Vac 380 Vac 440/480 Vac 550/575 Vac Size 9 110 Vdc 5264C34G01 438C805G04 438C805G02 438C805G03 438C805G12 438C805G11 438C805G15 438C805G10 438C805G13 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Style Number Required
Notes Rectier 125V 2018A40G01 (one required). Rectier 250V 2018A40G02 (one required). Rectier 600V 2018A40G03 (one required). These coils require an external rectier. If the rectier needs replacement, order by the appropriate style number. Contains coil and resistor.

A200 Series
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Modications
Factory Modications
Modication Control circuit Description 1 Extra auxiliary contact (1NO-1NC) non-reversing, reversing, 2-speed unwired 2 Extra auxiliary contact non-reversing, reversing, 2-speed unwired 3 Extra auxiliary contact non-reversing, unwired 4 Extra auxiliary contact non-reversing, unwired Wired for separate control (NC) Omit control wiring (NC) Overload relays (substitutions) Ambient compensated with auto reset (NC) Fast tripambient compensated (specify motor FLA) Overload relay alarm contact (NO) per overload Catalog Number Sufx J1 J2 J3 J4 C X D D7 E NEMA Size 001 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Consult sales ofce for pricing adders. Consult sales ofce for pricing adders. Consult sales ofce for pricing adders. Consult sales ofce for pricing adders. Consult sales ofce for pricing adders. Consult sales ofce for pricing adders. Consult sales ofce for pricing adders. Consult sales ofce for pricing adders. Consult sales ofce for pricing adders.
Accessories and Field Modication Kits Type J Auxiliary Contact

G
Capable of being eld mounted in a contactor or starter (Classes A200, A900 Sizes 006, V200, V201 vacuum and denite purpose controllers) Provides two separate electrical contact sets which wire vertically and are color coded; black designates NC and silver designates NO. Please
note that the vertical wiring is contrary to the horizontal wiring of the L-56 auxiliary contacts Designed to t within dimensions of starter; no additional panel space is required Provides circuit isolation (no polarity restrictions) and single break bifurcated contacts
Auxiliary Contact Ratings

Voltage NEMA A600 120600 Vac 72120 Vac 2872 Vac NEMA R300 28300 Vdc 28 VA 28 VA 7200 VA 60A 60 VA 720 VA 720 VA 10A Make Break
Auxiliary Contact Types

Contact Type 1NO and 1NC 2NC 2NO 1 coil clearing NC and 1NO Max. 4 4 4 4 Catalog Number J11 J02 J20 J1C
V5-T28-83
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-84

A200 Series

Electrical Characteristics Sizes 004
Size 00 Max. voltage rating Ampere rating (Open) (Enclosed) 10A 9A 20A 18A 30A 27A 50A 45A 100A 90A 150A 135A 600V Size 0 600V Size 1 600V Size 2 600V Size 3 600V Size 4 600V Max. voltage rating Ampere rating (Open) (Enclosed) 300A 270A 600A 540A 900A 810A 1350A 1215A 2500A 2250A
Sizes 59
Size 5 600V Size 6 600V Size 7 600V Size 8 600V Size 9 600V
Squirrel Cage Motor Maximum horsepower at: 200V/60 Hz 230V/ 60 Hz 380V/50 Hz 460V575V/60 Hz Single-phase, two-pole 120V 240V 480V 600V Three-phase, three-pole 120V 240V 480V 600V 240V 480V 600V Single-phase, two-pole 120V 240V 480V 600V Three-phase, three-pole 120V 240V 480V 600V 1.8 kVA 2.1 kVA 4.2 kVA 5.2 kVA 3.6 kVA 4.3 kVA 8.5 kVA 11 kVA 6.3 kVA 7.2 kVA 14 kVA 18 kVA 12 kVA 14 kVA 28 kVA 35 kVA 20 kVA 23 kVA 47 kVA 59 kVA 0.6 kVA 1.2 kVA 2.4 kVA 3 kVA 1.2 kVA 2.4 kVA 4.9 kVA 6.2 kVA 2.1 kVA 4.1 kVA 8.3 kVA 10 kVA 4.1 kVA 8.1 kVA 16 kVA 20 kVA 6.8 kVA 14 kVA 27 kVA 34 kVA 5 kW 10 kW 20 kW 25 kW 8.5 kW 17 kW 34 kW 43 kW 12 kVAR 25 kVAR 31 kVAR 17 kW 34 kW 68 kW 86 kW 27 kVAR 53 kVAR 67 kVAR 26 kW 68 kW 105 kW 130 kW 40 kVAR 80 kVAR 100 kVAR 3 kW 6 kW 12 kW 15 kW 5 kW 10 kW 20 kW 25 kW 10 kW 20 kW 40 kW 50 kW 15 kW 30 kW 60 kW 75 kW 1-1/2 hp 1-1/2 hp 1-1/2 hp 2 hp 3 hp 3 hp 5 hp 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 10 hp 10 hp 15 hp 25 hp 25 hp 25 hp 30 hp 50 hp 50 hp 40 hp 50 hp 75 hp 100 hp
Squirrel Cage Motor Maximum horsepower at: 200V/60 Hz 230V/60 Hz 380V/50 Hz 460V575V/60 Hz Single-phase, two-pole 120V 240V 480V 600V Three-phase, three-pole 120V 240V 480V 600V 240V 480V 600V Single-phase, two-pole 120V 240V 480V 600V Three-phase, three-pole 120V 240V 480V 600V 41 kVA 47 kVA 94 kVA 117 kVA 81 kVA 94 kVA 188 kVA 234 kVA 122 kVA 140 kVA 280 kVA 351 kVA 182 kVA 210 kVA 420 kVA 526 kVA 337 kVA 342 kVA 783 kVA 975 kVA 14 kVA 27 kVA 54 kVA 68 kVA 27 kVA 54 kVA 108 kVA 135 kVA 41 kVA 81 kVA 162 kVA 203 kVA 61 kVA 122 kVA 244 kVA 304 kVA 112 kVA 225 kVA 450 kVA 562 kVA 52 kW 105 kW 210 kW 260 kW 80 kVAR 160 kVAR 200 kVAR 105 kW 210 kW 415 kW 515 kW 160 kVAR 320 kVAR 400 kVAR 155 kW 315 kW 625 kW 775 kW 240 kVAR 480 kVAR 600 kVAR 360 kVAR 720 kVAR 900 kVAR 665 kVAR 1325 kVAR 1670 kVAR 30 kW 60 kW 120 kW 150 kW 60 kW 120 kW 240 kW 300 kW 90 kW 180 kW 360 kW 450 kW 75 hp 100 hp 150 hp 200 hp 150 hp 200 hp 300 hp 400 hp 300 hp 600 hp 450 hp 900 hp 800 hp 1600 hp
Resistive Heating kW
Resistive Heating kW
Capacitor Switching kVAR, Three-Phase
Capacitor Switching kVAR, Three-Phase
Transformer Switching kVA
Transformer Switching kVA
Notes Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding 1.5 times continuous rating. These ratings are for transformers having inrush currents not more than 20 times peak of continuous current ratings. For inrush currents greater than 20 times, refer to factory. For ratings refer to factory.

A200 Series
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
DC Power Pole Ratings The following represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance. DC Operated 120 and 240V Coils
DC Contact Ampere Rating Two Poles in Series 120V 240V 20 45 75 90 10 30 40 70
Contactor Size 0 1 2 3 4
380V, 50 Hz Starter Maximum Horsepower Ratings Horsepower Ratings

NEMA Size Maximum horsepower 00 0 1 10 2 25 3 50 4 75 5 150 6 300 7 450 8 700 1-1/2 5
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28

Operating Coil Characteristics at Rated Coil Volts, Sizes 009 The following represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance. Operating Coil Characteristics
Sizes 00, 0, 1 AC Coil Burden (Open VA) (Closed VA) (Closed Watts) Pick-up volts Drop-out volts Pick-up time Hz Drop-out time Hz DC Coil Burden (Open VA) (Closed VA) (Closed Watts) Pick-Up Volts Drop-Out Volts Pick-Up Time Hz Drop-Out Time Hz 17 VA 17 VA 18 W 80% 510% 17 VA 17 VA 18 W 80% 510% 2575 ms 1625 ms 35 VA 35 VA 35 W 80% 510% 2575 ms 1625 ms 35 VA 35 VA 35 W 80% 510% 2575 ms 1625 ms 600 VA 22 VA 20 W 64% 18% 2.7 Hz 9.3 Hz 2120 VA 21 VA 20 W 73% 13% 3 Hz 17.5 Hz 400 VA 400 VA 400 W 45%65% 30%45% 2141 Hz 712 Hz 400 VA 400 VA 400 W 45%65% 30%45% 1729 Hz 712 Hz 2100 VA 350 VA 350 W 50%65% 40%50% 1618 1820 Hz 160 VA 25 VA 7.8 W 85% 4060% 11-1/2 3/41 160 VA 25 VA 7.8 W 85% 4060% 1-1/22 3/41 625 VA 50 VA 18 W 85% 4060% 22-1/2 3/41 700 VA 64 VA 21 W 85% 4060% 11-1/2 3/41 1700 VA 180 VA 32 W 78% 65 to 75% 1.5 0.75 2900 VA 220 VA 42 W 70% 60 to 70% 4.0 0.75 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Notes Non-inductive load. AC coil data pertains to Model K, DC coil data pertains to Model J. DC operated only. Percent of rated coil voltage. At 60 Hz base. To contact touch. Lower gure when coil is cold. Higher gure when coil is hot. Drop-out time to clear arc. Time varies with type of load and contact wear.
V5-T28-85
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28

A200 Series
Mechanical Characteristics
NEMA Standard ICS 2-110 Direct-current operated contactors shall withstand 110% of their rated voltage continuously without injury to the operating coils and shall close successfully at 80% of their rated voltage. Alternating-current operated contactors shall withstand 110% of their rated voltage continuously without injury to the operating coils and shall close successfully at 85% of their rated voltage.
Mechanical Characteristics, Sizes 009

Sizes 00, 0, 1 Dimensions in inches (mm) Height Width Depth Panel areasquare inches Weightpounds Cable connection Maximum cable size/phase copper (AWG/MCM) Auxiliary electrical circuits available Latched version available Sizes 00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 5 6 7, 8 9 Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical 6.45 (163.8) 3.31 (84.1) 4.61 (117.1) 21.35 3.5 6 AWG 8 Yes 7.16 (181.9) 3.31 (84.1) 4.96 (126) 23.7 3.5 3 AWG 6 Yes 9.93 (252.2) 4.62 (117.3) 6.75 (171.5) 46.0 11.5 1/0 6 Yes 9.93 (252.2) 4.62 (117.3) 6.75 (171.5) 46.0 11.5 4/0 6 Yes 12.00 (304.8) 7.00 (177.8) 7.75 (196.9) 84.0 25 Front 1500 MCM 4 Yes 13.50 (342.9) 7.00 (177.8) 8.75 (222.3) 94.5 42 Front 2500 MCM 4 Yes 18.62 (472.9) 23.50 (596.9) 11.00 (279.4) 437.5 215 Front/rear 3500 MCM 3 No 19.25 (489) 23.50 (596.9) 11.00 (279.4) 452.4 265 Front/rear 4500 MCM 3 No 25.00 (635) 32.00 (812.8) 13.00 (330.2) 800 315 Front/rear 8500 MCM 4 No Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9
Mechanical interlock combinations available
Data from Tables 430147 Through 150 of 1996 NEC: Motor Amperes at Full Load , Three-Phase AC
Single-Phase AC 115V 230V 4.4 5.8 7.2 9.8 13.8 16 20 24 34 56 80 100 2.2 2.9 3.6 4.9 6.9 8 10 12 17 28 40 50 Induction Type Squirrel Cage and Wound-Rotor Amperes 200V 230V 460V 575V 2.5 3.7 4.8 6.9 7.8 11.0 17.5 25.3 32.2 48.3 62.1 78.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 6.0 6.8 9.6 15.2 22 28 42 54 68 1.1 1.6 2.1 3.0 3.4 4.8 7.6 11 14 21 27 34 0.9 1.3 1.7 2.4 2.7 3.9 6.1 9 11 17 22 27 DC 120V 3.1 4.1 5.4 7.6 9.5 13.2 17 25 40 58 76 Single-Phase AC 115V 230V Induction Type Squirrel Cage and Wound-Rotor Amperes 200V 230V 460V 575V 92 120 150 177 221 285 359 414 552 80 104 130 154 192 248 312 360 480 40 52 65 77 96 124 156 180 240 302 361 414 477 515 590 32 41 52 62 77 99 125 144 192 242 289 336 382 412 472 DC 120V
hp 1/6 1/4 1/3 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25
240V 1.6 2.0 2.7 3.8 4.7 6.6 8.5 12.2 20 29 38 55 72 89
hp 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
240V 106 140 173 206 255 341 425 506 675
Notes For Sizes 59 contactors only; for starter Sizes 59, refer to factory. These current values are for motors running at usual speeds and with normal torque characteristics. Motors for special low speed or high torque may require higher current. In all cases, heaters should be selected on basis of information on motor nameplate or motor card data.
V5-T28-86

A200 Series
28.2
28
Short-Circuit Withstand Capability Current Voltage
Combination Ratings Sizes 002

Short-Circuit Protective Device (SCPD) Sizes 00, 0, 1 Class H fuse Class J fuse Class R fuse Class T fuse Magnetic only Type CB Thermal/magnetic Type CB 60A 60A 60A 60A 30A 50A Marked HMCP 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A Magnetic only Type CB + CL Thermal/magnetic Type CLB Size 2 Class H fuse Class J fuse Class R fuse Class T fuse Magnetic only Type CB Thermal/magnetic Type CB 100A 100A 100A 100A 50A 90A Marked HMCP 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A Magnetic only Type CB + CL Thermal/magnetic Type CLB 50A 50A HMCP + current limiter 150,000A 5000A 100,000A 100,000A 100,000A 100,000A 50,000A 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A 100,000A 100,000A 600V 600V 600V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 600V 480V Magnetic only Type CB + CL Thermal/magnetic Type CB + CL Thermal/magnetic Type CLB 150A 250A 250A 30A 50A HMCP + current limiter 150,000A 5000A 100,000A 100,000A 100,000A 100,000A 50,000A 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A 100,000A 100,000A 600V 600V 600V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 600V 480V Magnetic only Type CB + CL Thermal/magnetic Type CLB Size 4 Class H fuse Class J fuse Class R fuse Class T fuse Magnetic only Type CB Thermal/magnetic Type CB 400A 400A 400A 400A 150A 250A Marked HMCP 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A HMCP + current limiter 200,000A 150,000A 10,000A 100,000A 100,000A 100,000A 100,000A 50,000A 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A 100,000A 100,000A 100,000A 600V 600V 600V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 600V 600V 480V 100A 150A Max. Rating SCPD Circuit Breaker Interrupting Rating Short-Circuit Withstand Capability Current Voltage
Sizes 3 and 4
Short-Circuit Protective Device (SCPD) Size 3 Class H fuse Class J fuse Class R fuse Class T fuse Magnetic only Type CB Thermal/magnetic Type CB 60A 60A 60A 60A 100A 150A Marked HMCP 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A HMCP + current limiter 50,000A 5000A 100,000A 100,000A 100,000A 100,000A 50,000A 65,000A 25,000A 100,000A 35,000A 100,000A 100,000A 600V 600V 600V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 600V 480V Max. Rating SCPD Circuit Breaker Interrupting Rating
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Coil Sufx Other Available Coil VoltagesAC and DC Coils

Coils AC Catalog Number Sufx A B C D E G H I J K DC L M Coil Rating (Volts/Hertz) 120/60, 110/50 200-208/60 240/60 and 480/60 440/50 600/60 Hz 220/50 380/50 24/60 Catalog Number Coil Rating Sufx (Volts/Hertz) N P R U V W X Y 110/50 48/60 120/60 and 240/60 440-480/50 or 60 Rect. to DC 110/60 240/60 480/60 415/50 277/60 125 Vdc 250 Vdc
Notes Instantaneous adjustable trip. Circuit breaker. Inverse time circuit breaker. Instantaneous adjustable trip with current limiting attachment. Inverse time with built-in current limiting attachment. Inverse time current limiting breaker. Availability may be limited. DC coils for Size 5 and 6 contactors and starters are intermittent duty rated only. A mechanical latch is required. DC coils. Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.
110-120/50 or 60 Rect. to DC Z 220-240/50 or 60 Rect. to DC 24 Vdc 48 Vdc S T
V5-T28-87
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-88 NEMA Size 00, 0, 1 2 3, 4 5 6 7 8 9 M C K Reset Rod E 2 J E F K G M B

A200 Series
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Open Non-Reversing Starters Figure ASizes 004
A C
Figure BSize 5
0.38 x .5 (9.7 x 12.7) (2 Mtg. Slots) G
Reset Travel L
Term. Lug Supplied When Ordered
M L C
E 2 E A
F H
Reset Rod C Contr Mtg. L Holes J K C of Contr L
Figure CSize 6
0.38 (9.7) Wide 4 Mtg. Slots E 2 E H G
D B

No. of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 3 3 3 3 Mounting Screws No. Size 3 3 3 4 4 #10 #10 1/4 in. 3/8 in. 3/8 in. Weight, Lbs (kg) 35.0 (15.9) 43.0 (19.5) 115.0 (52.2) 29.0 (13.2) 55.0 (25.0)
Fig. A A A B C
A 3.31 (84.1) 3.31 (84.1) 4.63 (117.6) 7.59 (192.8) 9.25 (235.0) 37.88 (962.2) 37.88 (962.2)
B 6.42 (163.1) 7.17 (182.1) 9.94 (252.5) 16.22 (412.0) 23.50 (596.9) 21.50 (546.1) 21.50 (546.1)
C 4.61 (117.1) 4.94 (125.5) 6.75 (171.5) 7.75 (196.9) 9.50 (241.3) 11.75 (298.5) 11.75 (298.5)
D 6.00 (152.4) 6.75 (171.5) 9.25 (235.0) 11.00 (279.4) 11.00 (279.4)
E 1.88 (47.8) 1.88 (47.8) 2.88 (73.2) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9)
F 1.66 (42.2) 1.66 (42.2) .94 (23.9) 3.81 (96.8) 4.81 (122.2)
G 0.23 (5.8) 0.23 (5.8) 0.38 (9.7) 2.69 (68.3) 2.75 (69.9)
H 2.42 (61.5) 3.06 (77.7)
J 0.39 (9.9) 0.41 (10.4) 0.55 (14.0) 0.33 (8.4)
K 0.59 (15.0) 0.77 (19.6) 0.80 (20.3) 0.33 (8.4) 6.50 (165.1)
L 4.48 (113.8) 4.53 (115.1) 6.36 (161.5) 7.00 (177.8) 8.44 (214.4)
M 0.27 (6.9) 0.27 (6.9) 0.27 (6.9) 0.27 (6.9) 0.27 (6.9)
Note Refer to factory.

A200 Series
28.2
28 28 28
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Open Reversing Starters Figure ASizes 004 Horizontal
A F G C G F
Figure BSizes 004 Vertical

A C
28 28 28 28
N D B B D K 0.28 (7.1) Dia. 3 Mtg. Holes J E M Reset Travel 0.28 (7.1) Dia. 3 Mtg. Holes L J E
28 28 28
L
K Reset Travel M
28 28
N 4.52 (114.8) 4.52 (114.8) 7.91 (200.9) Weight, Lbs (kg) 9.0 (4.0) 9.8 (4.4) 10.8 4.9) 12.2 (5.5) 26.0 (11.8) 28.0 (12.7) 73.0 (33.1) 127.0 (57.7)

NEMA Size 00, 0, 1 Number of Poles 3 x 3 Horiz. 3 x 3 Vert. 2 3 x 3 Horiz. 3 x 3 Vert. 3, 4 3 x 3 Horiz. 3 x 3 Vert. 5 6 7 8 9 Note Refer to factory. 3 x 3 Horiz. 3 x 3 Horiz. Mounting Screws No. Size 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 #10 #10 #10 #10 1/4 in. 1/4 in. 3/8 in. 3/8 in.
Fig. A B A B A B
A 7.13 (181.1) 3.33 (84.6) 7.13 (181.1) 3.33 (84.6) 9.75 (247.7) 4.63 (117.6) 35.25 (895.4) 35.25 (895.4)
B 6.50 (165.1) 11.63 (295.4) 7.25 (184.2) 12.38 (314.5) 10.13 (257.3) 19.81 (503.2) 25.50 (647.7) 25.50 (647.7)
C 5.05 (128.3) 5.05 (128.3) 5.38 (136.7) 5.38 (136.7) 7.25 (184.2) 7.25 (184.2) 8.75 (222.3) 10.50 (266.7)
D 6.00 (152.4) 11.13 (282.7) 6.75 (171.5) 11.88 (301.8) 9.25 (235.0) 18.94 (481.1)
E 5.69 (144.5) 1.88 (47.8) 5.69 (144.5) 1.88 (47.8) 8.00 (203.2) 2.88 (73.2)
F 3.56 (90.4) 1.66 (42.2) 3.56 (90.4) 1.66 (42.2) 4.88 (124.0) 2.94 (74.7)
G 0.25 (6.4) 0.25 (6.4) 0.25 (6.4) 0.25 (6.4) 0.44 (11.2) 0.44 (11.2)
J 2.3 (58.4) 0.39 (9.9) 2.31 (58.7) 0.39 (9.9) 3.11 (79.0) 0.55 (14.0)
K 0.59 (15.0) 0.59 (15.0) 0.77 (19.6) 0.77 (19.6) 0.80 (20.3) 0.80 (20.3)
L 4.92 (125.0 4.92 (125.0) 4.97 (126.2) 4.97 (126.2) 6.86 (174.2) 6.86 (174.2)
M 0.27 (6.9) 0.27 (6.9) 0.27 (6.9) 0.27 (6.9) 0.27 (6.9) 0.27 (6.9)
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-89
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
5 6 3, 4
J E E N J R

A200 Series
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.

Open Multi-Speed Starters Figure ASizes 004
A F G C
M 0.2 (5.1) Dia. 3 Mounting Slots
Reset Travel L
Figure BSizes 2
A G C
0.2 (5.1) Dia. 3 Mounting Slots
Reset Travel L

NEMA Size 00, 0, 1 Number of Poles 3 x 3 Horiz. 5 x 3 Horiz. 2 3 x 3 Horiz. 5 x 3 Horiz. 3 x 3 Horiz. 5 x 3 Horiz. Mounting Screws Fig. A B A B A B No. 3 3 3 3 3 3 Size #10 #10 #10 #10 1/4 in. 1/4 in. A 7.13 (181.1) 8.00 (203.2) 7.13 (181.1) 8.88 (225.6) 9.75 (247.7) 12.38 (314.5) B 6.50 (165.1) 6.50 (165.1) 7.25 (184.2) 7.25 (184.2) 10.13 (257.3) 10.13 (257.3) C 5.05 (128.3) 5.05 (128.3) 5.38 (136.7) 5.38 (136.7) 7.25 (184.2) 7.25 (184.2) D 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 6.75 (171.5) 6.75 (171.5) 9.25 (235.0) 9.25 (235.0) E 5.69 (144.5) 6.53 (165.9) 5.69 (144.5) 6.56 (166.6) 8.00 (203.2) 9.31 (236.5) F 3.56 (90.4) 3.56 (90.4) 3.56 (90.4) 3.56 (90.4) 4.88 (124.0) 4.88 (124.0) G 0.25 (6.4) 0.25 (6.4) 0.25 (6.4) 0.25 (6.4) 0.44 (11.2) 0.44 (11.2) J 2.30 (58.4) 2.30 (58.4) 2.69 (68.3) 2.69 (68.3) 3.11 (79.0) 3.11 (79.0) K 0.33 (8.4) 0.48 (12.2) 0.69 (17.5) 0.69 (17.5) 0.80 (20.3) 0.80 (20.3) L 4.92 (125.0) 4.92 (125.0) 4.97 (126.2) 4.97 (126.2) 6.86 (174.2) 6.86 (174.2) M 0.27 (6.9) 0.27 (6.9) 0.27 (6.9) 0.27 (6.9) 0.27 (6.9) 0.27 (6.9) N 3.81 (96.8) 4.66 (118.4) 3.81 (96.8) 4.66 (118.4) 5.13 (130.3) 6.44 (163.6) P R 2.91 (73.9) 2.91 (73.9) 2.91 (73.9) 2.84 (72.1) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) Weight, Lbs (kg) 10.0 (4.5) 11.0 (5.0) 11.0 (5.0) 13.0 (5.9) 28.0 (12.7) 33.5 (15.2)
Notes Three-pole x three-pole devices are for Wye-Wye two-winding motors only. Refer to factory.
V5-T28-90

A200 Series
28.2
Page
RelaysThermal and Fast Trip
Contents
Description ContactorsNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . V5-T28-64 StartersNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . V5-T28-70 RelaysThermal and Fast Trip Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T28-92 Instruction Leaets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T28-92 Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . . . . V5-T28-93 Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . . V5-T28-96 Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T28-99 Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T28-102 RelaysCurrent Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T28-104
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
RelaysThermal and Fast Trip

Product Overview
Type B and Type A, Class 20 Thermal Overload Relays from Eatons electrical sector will protect the motor against abnormal overload conditions. Bimetallic actuated, they are available as either ambient compensated or noncompensated in either singlepole or block type three-pole design. Type B use one pole of the three-pole block for single-phase. Single-pole relays are also available as Fast Trip Class 10 ambient compensated type, which provides approximately 125% motor protection with a tripping time of less than 10 seconds, at 600% of heater current rating. Fast trip relays can be identified by the green reset rods. They are available for panel or starter mounting. The three-pole fast trip design is composed of three single-pole relays on a common baseplate, with a common reset bar. The bimetal element is actuated by precisely calibrated heater elements which are connected directly in the circuit to be protected. Thermal actuation of this device opens the contacts in the coil circuit of a contactor or relay which results in the disconnection of power to the overloaded circuit. Interchangeable thermal heater elements for singlepole standard trip and block type overload relays are available to cover motor full load currents from 0.29 to 133A in approximately 10% steps (see Heater Application Table). Fast trip overload relays do not have interchangeable heater elements but are available in a series of ratings to cover motor full load currents from 1.6 to 150A in approximately 50% steps.
28
Features
Manual or Automatic Reset Type B is furnished with a manual reset. Type A is normally furnished set for manual reset operation and may be quickly adjusted for automatic reset when required. Automatic reset should not be used with two-wire control or where automatic restarting would endanger either personnel or equipment. Trip Indication An immediate visible indication of trip is provided on the overload relay. When an overload occurs, which causes the relay to operate, a trip indicator projects out and thus shows positive visual indication of trip. Type B has a mechanical trip bar to manually check the NC contact operation on the overload relay. Adjustable Trip On Type A, the trip rating of a specific heater element can be adjusted over a range of approximately 85% to 115% of its respective rating to permit the desired close protection. This is accomplished by turning the adjusting knob on the relay to the respective stop position. Positive Contact Break A follow-through contact, provided on the stationary terminal of the snap action control switch, provides reliable electrical continuity during toggling, thus eliminating false trip sometimes prevalent with thermally operated switches. This contact also allows contact wipe for further reliability.
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-91
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-92

A200 Series

Ambient Compensation Motor overload protection can be provided with the same trip characteristics in ambient temperature from 40 to 77C (40 to 167F). A compensating bimetal maintains a constant travel to trip distance independent of ambient conditions. The compensating feature is fully automatic and no adjustments are required over wide fluctuations in ambient temperatures. Compensated relays are identified by black reset rods on Type A and light gray reset rods on Type B, while noncompensated relays use red reset rods. AA three-pole units have gray reset rods. AA one-pole units have black reset rods. Control Contact Single-pole and block type relays are supplied as standard with a SPST NC control contact. A SPDT NO-NC with common is available as a factory modification on Type A. An isolated NO contact can be supplied on Type B as either a factory modification or as a field kit.
G G G
Instruction Leaets
14885B Fast Trip A Sizes 04, 3-Pole OL Relay 14567E Type A Sizes 12, 1-Pole OL Relay Mod A 14568 Type A Sizes 12, 3-Pole OL Relay Mod J
UL 508 CSA ANSI/NEMA ICS 2-222
14570D Type A Sizes 34, 3-Pole OL Relay Mod J 14569C Type A Sizes 34, 1-Pole OL Relay Mod A 17093A Type B OLR for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 Contactors 16955A Type B Sizes 12, 1-Pole OL Relay 16954A Type B Sizes 12, 3-Pole OL Relay 15392B Type B Sizes 34, 3-Pole OL Relay 13676F Fast Trip Sizes 04, 1-Pole OL Relay

A200 Series
28.2
Page
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset
Contents
Description ContactorsNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . V5-T28-64 StartersNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . V5-T28-70 RelaysThermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T28-91 Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T28-94 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T28-94 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T28-95 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T28-95 Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . . V5-T28-96 Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T28-99 Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T28-102 RelaysCurrent Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T28-104
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset

The Type B overload relay is designed to protect industrial motors against overload conditions. Using modern block type, bimetallic design, this relay will provide Class 20 operation in either single-phase or three-phase applications.
28
Features
Ambient Compensation The Type B ambient compensated design is supplied as standard on all A200 starters. This design uses a second compensating bimetal responsive to ambient air temperature in the surrounding enclosure. This feature reduces nuisance tripping in applications using compact control panels and motor control centers where internal temperature rise is significant compared to motor ambient temperature. The compensating characteristic is maintained in ambient temperatures from 40 to 77C.
G
Operation
The Type B overload relay is a bimetallic actuated device. The bimetal elements are operated by precisely calibrated heaters. The heater elements are connected either directly in the circuit to be measured, or through current transformers on applications NEMA Size 5 and larger. As the bimetals are heated by motor current flow, a deflection force is produced. Upon a sustained level of abnormal current flow, the deflection becomes great enough to open the snapaction output contact.
G G G
Ambient compensation standard Alarm contact eld mountable Class 20600V design Inverse time delay trip Test trip device for weld check Hi-visibility up-front trip indication Trip-free reset mechanism
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-93
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-94

A200 Series
Product Selection
Heaters Enter heaters as separate item by listing catalog number from tables, Pages V5-T28-102 and V5-T28-103, as required per starter. Relays Thermal Type B Overload Relay
Starter Mounted Replacement for Type B Overload Relays Ambient Comp. Non-Comp. Catalog Number Catalog Number BA11A BA21A Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series BA13A BA23A BA33A BA43A BN11A BN21A Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series BN13A BN23A BN33A BN43A Replacement for Type A Overload Relays in Manual Reset Mode (Three-Pole Only) Ambient Comp. Non-Comp. Catalog Number Catalog Number
Type B Overload Relay Panel Mounting
Motor Full Load Amps
Panel Mounted Ambient Comp. Catalog Number BA11JP BA21JP Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series BA13JP BA23JP BA33P BA43P
Non-Comp. Catalog Number BN11JP BN21JP Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series BN13JP BN23JP BN33P BN43P
Single-Pole (One NC Contact) 0.2526.2 26.345 1990 Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series BA13J BA23J BA33A BA43A Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series Use three-pole design, wire three poles in series BN13J BN23J BN33A BN43A
19135
Three-Pole (One NC Contact) 0.2526.2 26.345 1990 19135
Accessories
Alarm Contact Kit Selection
Type B Overload Relay Size 1, 2 3, 4 Catalog Number B3NO-2 B3NO-4
Notes Includes contactor mounting bracket, overload relay and connection straps to contactor. For replacement on B200 size 00, 0, 1 use BA23A instead of BA13A and use BN23A instead of BN13A.

A200 Series
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
0.47 (11.9)
Technical Data
Control Contact RatingsNEMA B600 NO and NC Control Contact Rating
AC Volts 24120 120600 Make 30A 3600 VA Break 3A 360 VA
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Thermal Type B Overload Relays Sizes 1 and 2Three-Pole, Panel Mounted
0.2 (5.1) Dia. 6 Mtg. Slots .17 (4.3) C
Sizes 3 and 4Three-Pole, Panel Mounted

0.28 (7.1) Dia. 3 Mtg. Slots 0.25 (6.4)
2.22 (56.4)
0.8 2.81 3.14 (20.3) (71.4) (79.8)
3.38 3.88 (85.9) (98.6)
1.98 (50.3)
0.94 (23.9) 0.41 (10.4) 0.53 (13.5)
D 1.34 (34.0) 0.47 (11.9)
1.38 (35.1) 1.75 (44.5)
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
4.00 (101.6) 2.22 (56.4) B
5.28 (134.1)
3.31 (84.1)
4.44 (112.8)
Dimensions
Relay Size 3 4 A 3.13 (79.5) 3.38 (85.9) B 4.06 (103.1) 4.38 (111.3) C 044 (11.2) 0.31 (7.9) D 0.31 (7.9) 0.19 (4.8)
Note Alarm contact available as factory modication of eld mountable. For factory modication, add sufx B.
V5-T28-95
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-96

A200 Series
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset
Contents
Description ContactorsNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . StartersNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . RelaysThermal and Fast Trip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . . . Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heater Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RelaysCurrent Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . . . Page V5-T28-64 V5-T28-70 V5-T28-91 V5-T28-93 V5-T28-97 V5-T28-97 V5-T28-98 V5-T28-99 V5-T28-102 V5-T28-104
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset

The Type A overload relay is designed to protect industrial motors against overload conditions. Using modern block type, bimetallic design, this relay will provide Class 20 operation in either singleor three-phase applications.
Features
G
G G G G
Field selectable manual/ auto reset Alarm contract factory available Class 20600V design Inverse time delay trip Adjustable trip rating 15% Color coded reset rod: G Compensated (gray) G Non-compensated (red)
Operation The Type A overload relay is a bimetallic actuated device. The bimetal elements are operated by precisely calibrated heaters. The heater elements are connected either directly in the circuit to be measured, or through current transformers on applications NEMA Size 5 and larger. As the bimetals are heated by motor current flow, a deflection force is produced. Upon a sustained level of abnormal current flow, the deflection becomes great enough to open the snapaction output contact.
Automatic Reset The Type A overload relay can be supplied as an option on all A200 starters to provide automatic reset operation. The overload relay is always shipped in the non-automatic mode. To set up auto operation, reposition the reset rod by loosening and retightening a hold-down clamp at the base of overload relay.

A200 Series
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28
Product Selection
Heaters Enter heaters as separate item by listing catalog number from tables, Pages V5-T28-102 and V5-T28-103, as required per starter. Relays
Type A Overload Relay Single-Pole Panel Mounting
Thermal Type A Overload Relay

Motor Full Load Amps Panel Mounted Ambient Comp. Catalog Number AA11P AA21P AA31P AA41P AA13P AA23P AA33P AA43P Non-Comp. Catalog Number AN11P AN21P AN31P AN41P AN13P AN23P AN33P AN43P Starter Replacement Ambient Comp. Non-Comp. Catalog Number Catalog Number AA11A AA21A AA31A AA41A AA13A AA23A AA33A AA43A AN11A AN21A AN31A AN41A AN13A AN23A AN33A AN43A
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Single-Pole (One NC Contact) 0.2526.2 26.345 1990 19135 0.2526.2 26.345 1990 19135
Three-Pole (One NC Contact)

Control Contact Ratings
AC Volts Normally Closed Make Break Normally Open Make Break
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
0.5A 60 VA 1A 120 VA
Three-Pole Control Contact Ratings 24120 120600 24120 120600 20A 2400 VA 30A 3600 VA 2A 240 VA 3A 360 VA 0.5A 600 VA 10A 1200 VA
Single-Pole Control Contact Ratings
Notes For alarm contact (Form C), add Sufx B. Available only as factory modication on Type A relay. Three-pole Type B overload relay is a suitable alternative to a three-pole Type A overload relay in manual reset mode. For example, BA13JP for AA13P, BN23J for AN23A, etc. (See Page V5-T28-94.)
V5-T28-97
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-98 G H B T

A200 Series
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Type A Single-Pole (Sizes 4 Shown)
C Q P C N
Three-Pole (Size 4 Shown)

D E
A Trip Indicator K Dia. A 2 Mtg. Holes Common Terminal Q No Terminal (When Supplied) J NC Terminal L R N P
G F R
J Dia.3 Mtg. Slots
F E D
Dimensions
Dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T Relay Size 1 2.72 (69.1) 0.94 (23.9) 2.75 (69.9) 3.25 (82.6) 2.63 (66.8) 1.34 (34.0) 0.25 (6.4) 0.31 (7.9) 0.06 (1.5) 0.22 (5.6) 1.34 (34.0) 0.66 (16.8) 0.16 (4.1) 0.22 (5.6) 0.06 (1.5) 4.00 (101.6) 0.47 (11.9) 1.11 (28.2) 2 3.48 (88.4) 0.67 (17.0) 3.5 (88.9) 3.25 (82.6) 2.63 (66.8) 1.34 (34.0) 0.25 (6.4) 0.31 (7.9) 0.06 (1.5) 0.22 (5.6) 1.34 (34.0) 0.66 (16.8) 0.16 (4.1) 0.22 (5.6) 0.06 (1.5) 4.00 (101.6) 0.47 (11.9) 1.11 (28.2) 3 4.19 (106.4) 0.25 (6.4) 3.53 (89.7) 4.13 (104.9) 3.38 (85.9) 2.19 (55.6) 0.28 (7.1) 0.38 (9.7) 0.06 (1.5) 0.27 (6.8) 1.69 (42.9) 0.88 (22.4) 0.27 (6.8) 0.34 (8.6) 0.69 (17.5) 5.19 (131.8) 0.59 (15.0) 0.69 (17.5) 4 4.5 (114.3) 0.38 (9.7) 3.78 (96.0) 4.13 (104.9) 3.38 (85.9) 2.19 (55.6) 0.28 (7.1) 0.38 (9.7) 0.06 (1.5) 0.27 (6.8) 1.69 (42.9) 0.88 (22.4) 0.27 (6.8) 0.34 (8.6) 0.69 (17.5) 5.19 (131.8) 0.59 (15.0) 0.69 (17.5)
Dimensions
Dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R Relay Size 1 2.38 (60.5) 3.13 (79.5) 0.36 (9.1) 1.66 (42.2) 0.17 (4.3) 2.81 (71.4) 3.08 (78.2) 0.47 (11.9) 0.20 (5.1) 0.28 (7.1) 4.00 (101.6) 3.31 (84.1) 1.80 (45.7) 1.89 (48.0) 1.00 (25.4) 2 2.44 (62.0) 3.17 (80.5) 0.33 (8.4) 1.66 (42.2) 0.17 (4.3) 2.81 (71.4) 3.08 (78.2) 0.47 (11.9) 0.20 (5.1) 0.28 (7.1) 4.00 (101.6) 3.31 (84.1) 1.80 (45.7) 1.89 (48.0) 1.00 (25.4) 3 3.13 (79.5) 4.06 (103.1) 0.44 (11.2) 2.22 (56.4) 0.25 (6.4) 3.38 (85.9) 3.88 (98.6) 0.47 (11.9) 0.28 (7.1) 0.47 (11.9) 5.28 (134.1) 4.44 (112.8) 2.77 (70.4) 1.75 (44.5) 1.34 (34.0) 1.03 (26.2) 4 3.38 (85.9) 4.38 (111.3) 0.31 (7.9) 2.22 (56.4) 0.25 (6.4) 3.38 (85.9) 3.88 (98.6) 0.47 (11.9) 0.28 (7.1) 0.47 (11.9) 5.28 (134.1) 4.44 (112.8) 2.77 (70.4) 1.75 (44.5) 1.34 (34.0) 1.03 (26.2)

A200 Series
28.2
Page V5-T28-64 V5-T28-70 V5-T28-91 V5-T28-93 V5-T28-96 V5-T28-100 V5-T28-100 V5-T28-101 V5-T28-102 V5-T28-104
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10
Contents
Description ContactorsNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . StartersNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . RelaysThermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . . . . Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . . Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RelaysCurrent Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . . .
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10

The Type FT overload relay is designed to protect special purpose motors having restricted thermal and locked rotor capabilities. Using modern block type, bimetallic design, this relay will provide Class 10 operation in singleor three-phase applications.
28
Operation
The Type FT overload relay is a bimetallic actuated device. The bimetal elements are operated directly from line current, thus separate calibrating heater elements are not utilized. The overload relay may be wired directly in the motor circuit, or throughcurrent transformers on applications larger than 150A. As the bimetals are heated by motor current flow, a deflection force is produced. Upon a sustained level of abnormal current flow, the deflection becomes great enough to open the snap action output contact.
Features
G G G
Class 10600V design Inverse time delay trip Color coded reset rod green Alarm contact factory available Field selectable manual/ auto reset Adjustable trip rating 20% Ambient compensation included
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-99
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-100

A200 Series
Product Selection
Type FT Single-Pole
Type FT Single-Pole (One NC Contact); Three-Phase (Three NC Contacts in Series)

Motor Full Load Amperes 0.761.1 1.11.6 1.62.4 2.43.6 3.65.4 5.48.0 8.012 1218 1624 2232 2436 3654 2232 3248 4872 72110 100150 Panel Mounted Single-Pole Catalog Number FT11P-1.1 FT11P-1.6 FT11P-2.4 FT11P-3.6 FT11P-5.4 FT11P-8.0 FT11P-12 FT11P-18 FT11P-32 FT21P-36 FT21P-54 FT31P-32 FT31P-48 FT31P-72 FT41P-110 FT41P-150 Three-Pole Catalog Number FT13P-1.1 FT13P-1.6 FT13P-2.4 FT13P-3.6 FT13P-5.4 FT13P-8 FT13P-12 FT13P-18 FT13P-24 FT13P-32 FT23P-36 FT23P-54 FT33P-32 FT33P-48 FT33P-72 FT43P-110 FT43P-150 0, 1 2 12 3 3 3 4 4 Starter Replacement Single-Pole NEMA Size Catalog Number 0, 1 0, 1 0, 1 0, 1 0, 1 1 FT11A-1.1 FT11A-1.6 FT11A-2.4 FT11A-3.6 FT11A-5.4 FT11A-8 FT11A-12 FT11A-18 FT11A-32 FT21A-36 FT21A-54 FT31A-32 FT31A-48 FT31A-72 FT41A-110 FT41A-150

Control Contact Ratings
AC Volts 24120 120600 Normally Closed Make 30A 3600 VA Break 3A 360 VA Normally Open Make 10A 1200 VA Break 1A 120 VA
Note Single-pole (1NO-NC contact): add sufx B. Three-pole (3NO-NC contacts): add sufx B. Example: FT13PB-12.

A200 Series
28.2
28 28 28 28
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Type FT Overload Relays Three-Pole, Size 1
3.28 (83.3) 0.17 (4.3) 0.11 (2.8) 1.64 (41.7) 0.22 (5.6) 4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos. 4.38 (111.3) Auto Reset Pos. 2.72 (69.1) 0.69 (17.5) 3.25 2.81 (82.6) (71.4)
28
0.06 (1.5)
28 28 28 28
0.06 (1.5)
1.30 (33.0)
0.50 0.19 (12.7) (4.8) 1.00 (25.4)
0.17 (4.3) 3 Mtg. Holes
0.63 (16.0)
0.38 (9.7)
28 28 28
0.06 (1.5)
Three-Pole, Size 2
0.11 (2.8) 3.28 (83.3) 1.64 0.22 (41.7) (5.6) 4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos. 4.38 (111.3) Auto Reset Pos. 3.48 (88.4)
28 28 28 28 28
3.61 (91.7) 3.25 (82.6) 2.81 (71.4)
0.69 (17.5)
0.06 (1.5)
1.30 (33.0)
0.19 0.06 (4.8) (1.5) 0.50 (12.7) 1.00 (25.4)
0.17 (4.3) 3 Mtg. Holes
3.28 (83.3)
28 28 28 28
0.06 (1.5)
Three-Pole, Sizes 3, 4
0.16 (4.1) 4.41 (112) 2.20 (55.9) 1.42 (36.1) 0.48 (12.2) 5.63 (143) Hand Reset Pos. 5.52 (140.2) Auto Reset Pos. A 3.31 (84.1) 0.06 (1.5) 3.88 (98.6) 3.38 (85.9) 2.81 (71.4) C 1.75 0.69 (44.5) (17.5) E 0.88 (22.4) 0.28 (7.1) 3 Mtg. Holes B 0.74 (18.8)
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-101
0.25 (6.4)
1.75 (44.5)
0.28 (7.1)
Dimensions
Relay Size 3 4 A 4.25 (108.0) 4.50 (114.3) B 0.53 (13.5) 0.59 (15.0) C 2.91 (73.9) 3.03 (77.0) D 0.09 (2.3) 0.22 (5.6) E 0.06 (1.5) 0.19 (4.8)
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
For Size 4 Starters For Size 3 Starters

A200 Series
Heater Selection
General Information on Heater Coil Selection
For maximum motor protection and compliance with Article 430-32 of the National Electrical Code, select heater coils from the tables in this section on the basis of motor nameplate full load current. When the full load current is unknown, selection may be made on the basis of average full load currents as shown on Pages V5-T28-118 and V5-T28-119. CautionThe average ratings could be high or low for a specic motor and therefore selection on this basis always involves risk. For fully reliable motor protection, select heater coils on the basis of full load current rating as shown on the motor nameplate. Heater coils are rated to protect 40C rise motors, and open and drip-proof motors having a service factor of 1.15 where the motor and the controller are at the same ambient temperature. For other conditions: 1. For 50C, 55C, 75C rise motors and enclosed motors having a service factor of 1.0, select one size smaller coil. 2. Ambient temperature of controller lower than motor by 26C (47F), use one size smaller coil. 3. Ambient temperature of controller higher than motor by 26C (47F), use one size larger coil. Ultimate tripping current of heater coils is approximately 1.25 times the minimum current rating listed in the tables.
Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 3 and 4

Ambient Compensated Non-Compensating Enclosed Starters Enclosed Starters All Applications Full Load Current of Motor Amps 12.814.1 14.215.5 15.617.1 17.218.9 19.020.8 20.922.9 23.025.2 25.327.8 27.930.6 30.733.5 33.637.5 37.641.5 41.656.3 46.450 5155 5661 6266 6773 7478 7984 8592 93101 102110 111122 123129 130133 11.913.0 13.114.3 14.415.9 16.017.4 17.519.1 19.221.1 21.223.2 23.325.6 25.728.1 28.230.8 30.934.5 34.638.2 38.342.6 42.746 4751 5256 5761 6267 6872 7377 7884 8591 9299 100110 111122 123128 129133 Heater (One Heater per Catalog Number) Catalog Number FH68 FH69 FH70 FH71 FH72 FH73 FH74 FH75 FH76 FH77 FH78 FH79 FH80 FH81 FH82 FH83 FH84 FH85 FH86 FH87 FH88 FH89 FH90 FH91 FH92 FH93 FH94
Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 5 and 6

Compensated Overload Relay Open Starter Enclosed Starter Full Load Current of Motor (Amps) Size 5 (with 300/5 Current Transformers) 118129 130141 142155 156170 171187 188205 206224 225244 245263 264292 293300 236259 260283 284310 311340 341374 375411 412448 449489 490527 528585 586600 118129 130141 142155 156170 171187 188205 206224 225244 245263 264292 236259 260283 284310 311340 341374 375411 412448 449489 490527 528540 FH23 FH24 FH25 FH26 FH27 FH28 FH29 FH30 FH31 FH32 FH33 FH34 FH23 FH24 FH25 FH26 FH27 FH28 FH29 FH30 FH31 FH32 FH33 FH34 Heater (One Heater per Catalog Number) Catalog Number
Size Starter
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Size 6 (with 600/5 Current Transformers)
Note Size 7 and largeradvise full load current.
V5-T28-102

A200 Series
28.2
28
Heater Catalog Number FH03 FH04 FH05 FH06 FH07 FH08 FH09 FH10 FH11 FH12 FH13 FH14 FH15 FH16 FH17 FH18 FH19 FH20 FH21 FH22 FH23 FH24 FH25 FH26 FH27 FH28 FH29 FH30 FH31 FH32 FH33 FH34 FH35 FH36 FH37 FH38 FH39 FH40 FH41 FH42 FH43 FH44 FH45 FH46 FH47 FH48 FH49 FH50 FH51 FH52 FH53 FH54 FH55 FH56 FH57
Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 0, 1 and 2

Non-Compensated Open Starters and Ambient Comp. Open and Enclosed Starters Block Type Overload Single-Pole Type sing Three Heaters Overload 0.250.27 0.280.31 0.320.34 0.350.38 0.390.42 0.430.46 0.470.50 0.510.55 0.560.62 0.630.68 0.690.75 0.760.83 0.840.91 0.921.00 1.011.11 1.121.22 1.231.34 1.351.47 1.481.62 1.631.78 1.791.95 1.962.15 2.162.35 2.362.58 2.592.83 2.843.11 3.123.42 3.433.73 3.744.07 4.084.39 4.404.87 4.885.3 5.45.9 6.06.4 6.57.1 7.2.78 7.98.5 8.69.4 9.510.3 10.411.3 11.412.4 12.513.5 13.614.9 15.016.3 16.418.0 18.119.8 19.921.7 21.823.9 24.026.2 26.328.7 28.831.4 31.534.5 34.637.9 38.041.5 41.645.0 0.290.31 0.320.35 0.360.39 0.400.43 0.440.48 0.49.053 0.540.58 0.590.64 0.650.71 0.720.79 0.800.87 0.880.96 0.971.06 1.071.16 1.171.28 1.291.41 1.421.55 1.561.71 1.721.87 1.882.06 2.072.26 2.272.48 2.492.72 2.732.99 3.003.28 3.293.60 3.613.95 3.964.31 4.324.71 4.725.14 5.155.6 5.76.2 6.36.8 6.97.5 7.68.2 8.39.0 9.19.9 10.010.8 10.911.9 12.013.1 13.214.3 14.415.7 15.817.2 17.318.9 19.020.8 20.922.9 23.025.2 25.327.6 27.730.3 30.433.3 33.436.4 36.539.9 40.043.9 Heater (One Heater per Catalog Number) Catalog Number FH03 FH04 FH05 FH06 FH07 FH08 FH09 FH10 FH11 FH12 FH13 FH14 FH15 FH16 FH17 FH18 FH19 FH20 FH21 FH22 FH23 FH24 FH25 FH26 FH27 FH28 FH29 FH30 FH31 FH32 FH33 FH34 FH35 FH36 FH37 FH38 FH39 FH40 FH41 FH42 FH43 FH44 FH45 FH46 FH47 FH48 FH49 FH50 FH51 FH52 FH53 FH54 FH55 FH56 FH57 Non-Compensating Enclosed Starters Block Type Overload Using Three Heaters 0.240.25 0.260.28 0.290.31 0.320.35 0.360.39 0.400.43 0.440.47 0.480.51 0.520.57 0.580.63 0.640.70 0.710.77 0.780.85 0.860.93 0.941.03 1.041.13 1.141.25 1.261.37 1.381.51 1.521.65 1.661.81 1.821.99 2.002.19 2.202.39 2.402.63 2.642.89 2.903.17 3.183.47 3.483.79 3.804.11 4.124.55 4.565.0 5.15.5 5.65.9 6.06.6 6.77.2 7.37.9 8.08.7 8.89.5 9.610.5 10.611.5 11.612.6 12.713.8 13.915.1 15.216.7 16.818.3 18.420.2 20.322.2 22.324.3 24.426.6 26.729.1 29.232.0 32.135.2 35.338.5 38.642.3
Size Starter
Single-Pole Type Overload 0.280.30 0.310.34 0.350.37 0.380.42 0.430.47 0.480.52 0.530.56 0.570.63 0.640.70 0.710.77 0.780.85 0.860.94 0.951.03 1.041.13 1.141.25 1.261.38 1.391.52 1.531.67 1.681.83 1.842.01 2.022.21 2.222.43 2.442.66 2.672.92 2.933.21 3.223.53 3.543.87 3.884.22 4.234.61 4.624.9 5.05.5 5.66.0 6.16.6 6.77.3 7.48.0 8.18.7 8.89.7 9.810.5 10.611.7 11.812.7 12.814.0 14.115.3 15.416.6 16.718.3 18.420.0 20.121.9 22.023.9 24.026.2 26.328.8 28.931.4 31.534.5 34.637.9 3.8041.9 42.045.0
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Full Load Current of Motor (Amps)
For Size 2 Starters
For Size 1 Starters
For Size 0 Starters
V5-T28-103
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-104

A200 Series
RelaysCurrent Sensing Protective
Contents
Description ContactorsNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . StartersNon-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . RelaysThermal and Fast Trip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . . . Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . . Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heater Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RelaysCurrent Sensing Protective Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V5-T28-64 V5-T28-70 V5-T28-91 V5-T28-93 V5-T28-96 V5-T28-99 V5-T28-102 V5-T28-105 V5-T28-105 V5-T28-106
RelaysCurrent Sensing Protective

Product Description
The IQ500 is a heaterless, current-sensing, solid-state motor protective relay with optional communications capabilities. Several functions are incorporated into the base relay (IQ502/IQ504) as standard:
G
Overload (overcurrent) protection Phase unbalance and phase loss protection Ground current protection (Class II)
The base relay can serve as the initial building block for a motor protection system by adding the IQ500M Special Function Module. The module can address application related motor load functions with the additional features:
G G G G
The IQ500 can provide a costeffective alternative to conventional protective relays such as current relays, ground fault relays and phase loss or phase unbalance relays. Used with the PowerNet system, a lowcost, local area communication network, information such as current values, status, setpoint values and cause of trip can be displayed remotely. The IQ500 relay is ideal for a variety of industrial applications such as mining, timber, material handling, air conditioning compressors, wastewater treatment plants and petrochemical industries.
Underload protection Long acceleration Jam protection Load control

A200 Series
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Features
G
Overload class is adjustable using DIP switches for 5, 10, 20 or 30 seconds, maximum trip times at six times rated current Designed for 1000V and less distribution systems Form C (NO/NC) contact on output relay Isolated alarm relay output contact Communications capability using IMPACC network Manual or automatic reset (either a true manual or remote electrical reset) selectable Overload, Class II ground current, phase unbalance and single-phase protection are standard LED indication (bicoloredred/green) for device status, including overload, phase unbalance or ground current trip Special Function Module adds protection for underload and jam conditions, also provides for long acceleration
G G
Optional load control feature available with special function module Feed-through current transformer windows for contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 4 (for Size 5 and larger, external current transformers can be used) Fits mounting footprint of Eatons MORA relay Panel or starter mountable Cause of trip is held in memory through a power loss Bell alarm contact available for remote status indication DIP switch provided for setting operating frequency50 or 60 Hz Plug-in terminal block for control power, trip relay and bell alarm relay connections Operating temperature: 20 to 60C (4 to 140F)
DIP switches used to select functions and settings on base relay are clearly marked and covered with screw-on plastic covers On the automatic reset, the reset times can be selected for long (90 second) or short (10 second) delay Device can be set for different motor full load currents without additional parts or modules
Benets G No external current transformers are required since they are internal to the IQ500
Optional Benets G With the addition of the IQ500M Special Function Module, the enhanced protection includes jam (overtorque) and underload and provides long acceleration time (high inertia load) G The underload and jam protection functions each have independent Form C output relays as part of the module. In addition, the underload and jam functions each have their own LEDs for status indication
The underload and jam functions also have separate selectable trip levels and adjustable tripdelay and start-delay settings The IQ500M can be used as a load control module that allows shedding and restoring a particular load that contributes to the load being monitored The PONI (Product Operated Network Interface) card attaches directly to the base relay or special function module for interfacing with the Eatons PowerNet communications system Localized display can be achieved with the Central Monitoring Unit

G
UL File No. E19223
Product Selection
Current Sensing Protective Relay
Maximum Horsepower 200V 20 60 230V 25 75 460475V 50 150 Ampere Rating 3.466A 10.8207A 0.325.4A Control Voltage 110/120V 50/60 Hz Catalog Number IQ502A IQ504A IQ500LA IQ500M 220/240V 50/60 Hz Catalog Number IQ502B IQ504B IQ500LB IQ500M
IQ502A
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Special function module Note Can be used with external CTs having 5A secondary.
V5-T28-105
28.2
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-106 1.88 (47.8) 3.59 (91.2) 2.88 (73.2) 3.59 (91.2)

A200 Series
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Current Sensing Protective Relays IQ504
4.88 (124.0)
2.5 3.0 (63.5) (76.2)
3.25 (82.6)
0.81 (20.6) Dia. 5.47 (138.9)
4.5 (114.3)
IQ500L and IQ502

0.19 (4.8) Dia. 0.164-32 Tap 2 Holes 0.44 (11.2) Dia. 1.19 0.78 (30.2) (19.8) 0.5 (12.7) 4.88 (124.0)
4.13 (104.9) 2.75 (69.9)
4.13 (104.9)
0.53 (13.5)
0.5 (12.7) Dia. 5.47 (138.9)

28.3
Page
Contents
Description SolenoidsAlternating Current Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T28-108 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T28-109
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Product Description
Solenoids from Eatons electrical sector are used for a wide variety of applications where straight line motion is to be obtained automatically or at a remote point.
Features
G
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Plunger and frame are machined to ensure quiet operation Push- and pull-type operation With and without terminal box Plunger provided with connecting pin Size C and D solenoids are provided with special bearing to minimize wear in clevis under severe service
V5-T28-107
28.3
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-108 D C B Size 10370

Product Selection
When Ordering Specify G Catalog number
AC Solenoids60 Hz, Continuous Duty

Operating Data Magnetic Force in Lbs Horizontal Position At 100% At 85% Voltage Voltage With Gravity Against Gravity Max. At 100% At 85% At 100% At 85% Stroke in Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage Inches (mm) Current Inrush Sealed Without Conduit Box Floor Mtg. Wall Mtg. Catalog Catalog Number Number 10370H57 10370H58 10370H59 10370H244 10370H245 10370H246 10370H356 10370H357 10370H358 10370H81 10370H82 10370H83 10370H268 10370H380 10370H381 10370H382 10370H1 10370H2 10370H3 10370H694 10370H696 10370H697 10370H814 10370H816 10370H817 10370H13 10370H14 10370H15 10370H708 10370H710 10370H711 10370H774 10370H775 10370H828 10370H830 10370H831 With Conduit Box Mtg. Catalog Number 10370H610 10370H611 10370H612 10370H69 10370H70 10370H71 10370H256 10370H257 10370H258 10370H368 10370H369 10370H370 10370H25 10370H26 10370H27 10370H93 10370H94 10370H95 10370H280 10370H281 10370H282 10370H392 10370H393 10370H394
Volt.
60 Hertz Pull Type A 110 220 440 110 220 440 110 220 440 D 110 220 440 A 110 220 440 B 110 220 440 C 110 220 440 110 220 440 0.72 0.72 0.72 4.2 4.2 4.2 7 7 7 12.4 12.4 12.4 0.72 0.72 0.72 4.2 4.2 4.2 7 7 7 12.4 12.4 12.4 0.50 0.50 0.50 3 3 3 5.25 5.25 5.25 10 10 10 0.50 0.50 0.50 3 3 3 5.25 5.25 5.25 10 10 10 0.90 0.90 0.90 4.5 4.5 4.5 8 8 8 13.65 13.65 13.65 0.90 0.90 0.90 4.5 4.5 4.5 8 8 8 13.65 13.65 13.65 0.68 0.68 0.68 3.3 3.3 3.3 6.25 6.25 6.25 11.25 11.25 11.25 0.68 0.68 0.68 3.3 3.3 3.3 6.25 6.25 6.25 11.25 11.25 11.25 0.55 0.55 0.55 3.9 3.9 3.9 6 6 6 11.15 11.15 11.15 0.55 0.55 0.55 3.9 3.9 3.9 6 6 6 11.15 11.15 11.15 0.33 0.33 0.33 2.7 2.7 2.7 4.25 4.25 4.25 8.75 8.75 8.75 0.33 0.33 0.33 2.7 2.7 2.7 4.25 4.25 4.25 8.75 8.75 8.75 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.83 0.92 0.45 5.4 2.6 1.29 10.4 5.2 2.5 18 9.3 4.4 1.83 0.92 0.45 5.4 2.6 1.29 10.4 5.2 2.5 18 9.3 4.4 0.34 0.17 0.08 0.87 0.42 0.20 1.07 0.52 0.26 1.58 0.81 0.40 0.34 0.17 0.08 0.87 0.42 0.20 1.07 0.52 0.26 1.58 0.81 0.40
60 Hertz Push Type
Notes Mounting of solenoids with conduit boxSize A are for wall mountingSize B, C and D are for oor mounting. Recommended selection of solenoids on basis of 85% voltage values. Part numbers are now obsolete.

28.3
28 28 28 28 28
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) AC Solenoids Wall Mounted Floor Mounted
D A
D A
E C
28 28 28
Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Pull Type Wide A High B Deep C Mounting D E Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)

Push Type Size Wide A High B Deep C Mounting D E
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Wall Mounted A B C D B C D 2.38 (60.5) 2.63 (66.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 3.13 (79.5) 3.50 (88.9) 3.88 (98.6) 3.63 (92.2) 4.88 (124.0) 6.13 (155.7) 6.13 (155.7) 4.88 (124.0) 6.13 (155.7) 6.13 (155.7) 2.25 (57.2) 3.00 (76.2) 4.13 (104.9) 4.13 (104.9) 3.00 (76.2) 3.75 (95.3) 3.75 (95.3) 1.13 (28.7) 2.00 (50.8) 2.38 (60.5) 2.75 (69.9) 1.50 (38.1) 1.75 (44.5) 2.25 (57.2) 1.63 (41.4) 2.13 (54.1) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 2.25 (57.2) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 2.0 (0.9) 2.5 (1.1) 5.0 (2.3) 7.0 (3.2) 2.5 (1.1) 5.0 (2.3) 7.0 (3.2) 2.38 (60.5) 2.63 (66.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 3.13 (79.5) 3.50 (88.9) 3.88 (98.6) 2.63 (66.8) 3.63 (92.2) 4.88 (124.0) 4.88 (124.0) 3.88 (98.6) 4.88 (124.0) 4.88 (124.0) 2.25 (57.2) 3.00 (76.2) 4.13 (104.9) 4.13 (104.9) 3.00 (76.2) 3.75 (95.3) 3.75 (95.3) 1.13 (28.7) 2.00 (50.8) 2.38 (60.5) 2.75 (69.9) 1.50 (38.1) 1.75 (44.5) 2.25 (57.2) 1.63 (41.4) 2.13 (54.1) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 2.25 (57.2) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 2.0 (0.9) 2.5 (1.1) 5.0 (2.3) 7.0 (3.2) 2.5 (1.1) 5.0 (2.3) 7.0 (3.2)
Floor Mounted
Note In sealed state.
V5-T28-109
28.4
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-110

Shoe BrakesAC and DC, 511 Series
Contents
Description Shoe BrakesAC and DC Magnetic Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V5-T28-111 V5-T28-113
Product Description
Type S Brakes from Eatons electrical sector re electrically released and spring applied providing fail-safe operation. The retarding torque developed is directly proportional to the spring pressure.
G G G G G G G G
Features
The brake wheel is of relatively large size in relation to the torque developed by the brake. This permits use of a larger brake shoe lining and lower shoe pressures. Low shoe pressure, equally distributed over a large lining area, results in even wear of the friction surfaces and even braking torque. The oversize wheel type construction also permits use of a smaller operating solenoid that requires less current for a given torque rating.
Conveyors Machine tools Printing presses Small cranes Overhead doors Dumb waiters Vacuum molding machines Carnival rides
DC Brakes
Standard DC brakes are equipped with shunt coils. The magnet coil circuit on DC brakes consists of two separate windings and a protective switch.
Mounting
Type S brakes are designed and recommended for use and mounting only in the horizontal position. Side or vertical mountings are not recommended because the solenoid loading is altered, resulting in accelerated wear and premature coil failure.

28.4
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Coil Voltage 120 Vdc 240 Vdc Coil Sufx -97 -98
Product Selection
When Ordering Specify G Brake G Catalog number plus sufx number for coil G Example: 511H1193-41 G Wheel G Catalog number plus sufx number for bore size G Example: 511H1150-3
Size S-4 Brake and Wheel
Type S BrakesFloor Mounting

Torquelb-ft Brake Size S-4 S-4 S-4 S-5-1/2 S-5-1/2 S-7 S-7 S-7 S-7 AC Base Catalog Number 511H1194 511H1193 511H1192 511H992 511H993 511H970 511H971 511H1195 511H1196 For Type S4, S5-1/2, S7, S10 Coil Volts Coil and Hertz Sufx 120V 60 Hz 208V 60 Hz 240V 60 Hz 480V 60 Hz 600V 60 Hz 110V 50 Hz 220V 50 Hz 380V 50 Hz 440V 50 Hz 550V 50 Hz -39 -45 -40 -41 -58 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 DC Base Catalog Number 511H955 511H956 511H957 511H994 511H995 511H975 511H976 511H1197 511H1198
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Continuous 3 10 25 50 85
Intermittent 3 10 15 25 35 50 75 85 110
Notes Intermittent duty indicates that the coil can be placed across the line continuously for one hour maximum without excessive heating. It is equivalent to 1/2 time ON and 1/2 time OFF. Add sufx number for coil voltage to base catalog number. Does not include wheel.
V5-T28-111
28.4
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-112

Brake Selection
The method most generally used to determine required braking torque is to calculate the full load motor torque by the following formula: T T hp = 5252 x hp rpm = Full load motor torque in lb-ft = Motor horsepower Brake Wheels
Straight Bore Base Catalog Number 511H1150 511H1160 511H1170 Tapered Bore Base Catalog Number 511H1151 511H1161 511H1171
Wheel Size in Inches 4.0 5.5 7.0
Min. Max. Pilot Bore in Bore in Bore in Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) WK2 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.38 (35.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.25 (57.2) 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 0.75 (19.1) 0.06 0.26 0.77
rpm = Speed of shaft on which brake wheel is mounted The torque rating of the brake selected should be at least equal to the full load motor torque for the duty considered.
Brake Wheel Sufx Numbers

Bore Size Sufx NumberAdd to Base Catalog Number Bore in Inches (mm) Keyway in Inches Standard Bore Sizes Pilot bore 0.625 (15.88) 0.750 (19.05) 0.875 (22.23) 1.000 (25.40) 1.125 (28.58) 1.250 (31.75) 1.375 (34.93) Non-Standard Bore Sizes 0.500 (12.70) 0.750 (19.05) 0.875 (22.23) 1.000 (25.40) 1.187 (30.15) 1.375 (34.93) 1.437 (36.50) 1.500 (38.10) 1/8 x 1/16 1/4 x 1/8 1/4 x 1/8 5/16 x 5/32 1/4 x 1/8 3/8 x 3/16 3/8 x 3/16 3/8 x 3/16 -50 -51 -52 -53 -54 -55 -56 -57 1.687 (42.85) 1.750 (44.45) 1.937 (49.20) 2.000 (50.80) 2.250 (57.15) 3/8 x 3/16 3/8 x 3/16 1/2 x 1/4 1/2 x 1/4 1/2 x 1/4 -58 -59 -60 -61 -62 None 3/16 x 3/32 3/16 x 3/32 3/16 x 3/32 1/4 x 1/8 1/4 x 1/8 1/4 x 1/8 5/16 x 5/32 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 1.625 (41.28) 1.875 (47.63) 2.125 (53.98) 2.375 (60.33) 2.500 (63.50) 2.625 (66.68) 2.750 (69.85) 2.875 (73.03) 3/38 x 3/16 1/2 x 1/4 1/2 x 1/4 5/8 x 5/16 5/8 x 5/16 5/8 x 5/16 5/8 x 5/16 3/4 x 3/8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -63 -13 -18 -14 Sufx Number Bore in Inches (mm) Keyway in Inches (mm) Sufx Number
Notes Bore tolerance: +0.0000.001 in. Taper is at rate of 1.25 in per ft on diameter. In bore size selection, use diameter of tapered shaft. Bore tolerance: +0.0000.005 in. Add sufx number for bore size to base catalog number. Bore size selected must be between minimum and maximum dimensions listed in brake wheel selection table.

28.4
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Standard Brake Wheels

Z
Standard Brake Wheel Dimensions

A 4.00 (101.6) 5.50 (139.7) 7.00 (177.8) Z 2.75 (69.9) 3.25 (82.6) 4.25 (108.0) W 1.63 (41.4) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) X 1.38 (35.1) 1.63 (41.4) 1.25 (31.8) Y 2.50 (63.5) 3.25 (82.6) 4.00 (101.6) Bore Max. 1.38 (35.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.25 (57.2) Min. 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4)
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Approximate Shipping Weights

Torque Rating ft-lb Weight in Lbs (kg) Net Brake with Wheel Net Wheel Only Boxed Brake with Wheel
Brake Size
Type S AC Shoe Brakes S-4 S-4 S-4 S-5-1/2 S-5-1/2 S-7 S-7 S-4 S-4 S-4 S-5-1/2 S-5-1/2 S-7 S-7 S-7 S-7 3 10 15 25 35 50 75 3 10 15 25 35 50 75 85 110 15.8 (7.2) 15.8 (7.2) 15.8 (7.2) 33.2 (15.1) 33.2 (15.1) 52.1 (23.7) 52.1 (23.7) 18.0 (8.2) 18.0 (8.2) 18.0 (8.2) 35.0 (15.9) 35.0 (15.9) 54.0 (24.5) 54.0 (24.5) 54.0 (24.5) 54.0 (24.5) 3.4 (1.5) 3.4 (1.5) 3.4 (1.5) 7.5 (3.4) 7.5 (3.4) 18.8 (8.5) 18.8 (8.5) 3.4 (1.5) 3.4 (1.5) 3.4 (1.5) 7.5 (3.4) 7.5 (3.4) 18.8 (8.5) 18.8 (8.5) 18.8 (8.5) 18.8 (8.5) 17.0 (7.7) 17.0 (7.7) 17.0 (7.7) 36.0 (16.3) 36.0 (16.3) 55.0 (25.0) 55.0 (25.0) 20.0 (9.1) 20.0 (9.1) 20.0 (9.1) 38.0 (17.3) 38.0 (17.3) 58.0 (26.3) 58.0 (26.3) 58.0 (26.3) 58.0 (26.3)
Type S DC Shoe Brakes
Note Hub lengths other than standard are not available.
V5-T28-113
28.4
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
S T F D A

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Type S4, S5-1/2 and S7 Solenoid Operated
R P U E Q
Hub Length
N D G (2) H Dia. Holes for Mounting
Type S AC Shoe Brakes

Brake Size S-4 S-4 S-4 S-5-1/2 S-5-1/2 S-7 S-7 Torque Rating ft-lb 3 10 15 25 35 50 75 A 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 5.50 (139.7) 5.50 (139.7) 7.00 (177.8) 7.00 (177.8) B 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 5.00 (127.0) 5.00 (127.0) C 7.50 (190.5) 7.50 (190.5) 7.50 (190.5) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 11.50 (292.1) 11.50 (292.1) D 2.63 (66.8) 2.63 (66.8) 2.63 (66.8)) 3.50 (88.9) 3.50 (88.9) 4.38 (111.3) 4.38 (111.3) E 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) 2.50 (63.5) F 7.50 (190.5) 7.50 (190.5) 7.50 (190.5) 8.38 (212.9) 8.38 (212.9) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) G 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 4.13 (104.9) 4.13 (104.9) 5.00 (127.0) 5.00 (127.0) H 0.38 (9.7) 0.38 (9.7) 0.38 (9.7) 0.44 (11.2) 0.44 (11.2) 0.56 (14.2) 0.56 (14.2) J 0.63 (16.0) 0.63 (16.0) 0.63 (16.0) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) K 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 4.88 (124.0) 7.88 (200.2) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) L 0.25 (6.4) 0.25 (6.4) 0.25 (6.4) 0.38 (9.7) 0.38 (9.7) M 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) N 1.63 (41.4) 1.63 (41.4) 1.63 (41.4) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.13 (54.1) 2.13 (54.1) O 1.63 (41.4) 1.63 (41.4) 1.63 (41.4) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) P 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) Q 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.75 (95.3) 3.75 (95.3) 4.75 (120.7) 4.75 (120.7) R 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5)) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5)
Type S DC Shoe Brakes

Brake Size S-4 S-4 S-4 S-5-1/2 S-5-1/2 S-7 S-7 S-7 S-7 Torque Rating ft-lb A 3 10 15 25 35 50 75 85 110 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 5.50 (139.7) 5.50 (139.7) 7.00 (177.8) 7.00 (177.8) 7.00 (177.8) 7.00 (177.8) B 3.50 (88.9) 3.50 (88.9) 3.50 (88.9) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 5.00 (127.0) 5.00 (127.0) 5.00 (127.0) 5.00 (127.0) C 8.00 (203.2) 8.00 (203.2) 8.00 (203.2) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 11.50 (292.1) 11.50 (292.1) 11.50 (292.1) 11.50 (292.1) D 2.63 (66.8) 2.63 (66.8) 2.63 (66.8) 3.50 (88.9) 3.50 (88.9) 4.38 (111.3) 4.38 (111.3) 4.38 (111.3) 4.38 (111.3) E 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) 2.50 (63.5) 2.50 (63.5) 2.50 (63.5) F 7.56 (192.0) 7.56 (192.0) 7.56 (192.0) 8.38 (212.9) 8.38 (212.9) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) G 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6)) 4.13 (104.9) 4.13 (104.9) 5.00 (127.0) 5.00 (127.0) 5.00 (127.0) 5.00 (127.0) H 0.38 (9.7) 0.38 (9.7) 0.38 (9.7) 0.44 (11.2) 0.44 (11.2) 0.56 (14.2) 0.56 (14.2) 0.56 (14.2) 0.56 (14.2) J 0.75 (19.1) 0.75 (19.1) 0.75 (19.1) 0.75 (19.1) 0.75 (19.1) 0.75 (19.1) 0.75 (19.1) 0.75 (19.1) 0.75 (19.1) K 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 4.88 (124.0) 4.88 (124.0) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) L 0.25 (6.4) 0.25 (6.4) .25 (6.4) 0.38 (9.7) 0.38 (9.7) M 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) N 1.63 (41.4) 1.63 (41.4) 1.63 (41.4) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.13 (54.1) 2.13 (54.1) 2.13 (54.1) 2.13 (54.1) O 1.63 (41.4) 1.63 (41.4) 1.63 (41.4) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) P 2.63 (66.8) 2.63 (66.8) 2.63 (66.8) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) 2.88 (73.2) Q 3.00 (76.2)) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.75 (95.3) 3.75 (95.3) 4.88 (124.0) 4.88 (124.0) 4.88 (124.0) 4.88 (124.0) R 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1)) 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1)
Note Open type brake only.
V5-T28-114

Reference Data
28.5
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Reference Data
IEC Utilization Categories
(See also IEC/EN 60947-1; 2.1.18/IEV 441-17-19) A combination of specified requirements relating to the condition in which the switching device or fuse fulfills its purpose and selected to represent a characteristic group of reallife applications. The specified requirements may, for example, relate to the values of making and breaking capacity and other characteristic values, data concerning associated circuits and the applicable conditions of use and operational behavior.
Used in Technical Data and Formulas

Code DF IDn Icm Icn Ics Icu Icw Ie Ik IL In INT IPK Iq Ir Irm Ii Irmf Descriptions Duty factory Response value of earth-fault release Rated short-circuit making capacity Rated short-circuit breaking capacity Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Rated short-time withstand current Rated operational current Transformer initial short-circuit AC current Load monitoring response value Rated current Transformer rated current Rated peak withstand current Rated conditional short-circuit current Overcurrent release set value Response value of non-delayed short-circuit release Response value of non-delayed short-circuit release Response value of xed, non-delayed short-circuit release Code Irmv Isd IT Ig Ith Ithe Iu SNT tr tT tg tv Uc Ue Ui Uimp Uk Us Descriptions Response value of short-time delayed short-circuit release Response value of short-time delayed short-circuit release Response value of earth-fault release Response value of earth-fault release Conventional free air thermal current Conventional thermal current of enclosed devices Rated uninterrupted current Transformer rating Time delay of overload release response Time delay of earth-fault release response Time delay of earth-fault release response Time delay of short-circuit release response Rated actuating voltage Rated operational voltage Rated insulation voltage Rated impulse withstand voltage Transformer short-circuit voltage Rated control voltage
V5-T28-115
28.5
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-116

Reference Data
Annex A (informative)
Examples of Utilization Categories for Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear
Category Typical Applications Relevant IEC Product Standard Nature of CurrentAC AC-1 AC-2 AC-3 AC-4 AC-5a AC-5b AC-6a AC-6b AC-7a AC-7b AC-8a AC-8b AC-12 AC-12 AC-13 AC-14 AC-15 AC-20 AC-21 AC-22 AC-23 AC-31 AC-33 AC-35 AC-36 AC-40 AC-41 AC-42 AC-43 AC-44 AC-45a AC-45b AC-51 AC-52a AC-52b AC-53a AC-53b Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off Squirrel-cage motors: starting, switching off motors during running Squirrel-cage motors: starting, plugging , inching Switching of electric discharge lamp controls Switching of incandescent lamps Switching of transformers Switching of capacitor banks Slightly inductive loads for household appliances and similar applications Motor-loads for household applications Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with manual resetting of overload releases Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with automatic resetting of overload releases Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with isolation by optocouplers Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with optical isolation Control of solid-state loads with transformer isolation Control of small electromagnetic loads Control of AC electromagnetic loads Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditions Switching of resistive loads, including moderate overloads Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloads Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads Non inductive or slightly inductive loads Motor loads or mixed loads including motors, resistive loads and up to 30% incandescent lamp loads Electric discharge lamp loads Incandescent lamp loads Distribution circuits comprising mixed resistive and reactive loads having a resultant inductive reactance Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off Squirrel cage motors: starting, switching off motors during running Squirrel cage motors: starting, plugging , inching Switching of electric discharge lamp controls Switching of incandescent lamps Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces Control of slip ring motor stators: 8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run Control of slip ring motor stators: intermittent duty Control of squirrel cage motors: 8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run Control of squirrel cage motors: intermittent duty 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 61095 61095 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 60947-5-1 60947-5-2 60947-5-1 60947-5-1 60947-5-1 60947-3 60947-3 60947-3 60947-3 60947-6-1 60947-6-1 60947-6-1 60947-6-1 60947-6-2 60947-6-2 60947-6-2 60947-6-2 60947-6-2 60947-6-2 60947-6-2 60947-4-3 60947-4-2 60947-4-2 60947-4-2 60947-4-2
Notes 60947-1 IEC: 2004. Plugging is understood to be stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing motor primary connections while the motor is running. Inching is understood to be energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.

Reference Data
28.5
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Examples of Utilization Categories for Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear, continued

Category AC-55a AC-55b AC-56a AC-56b AC-58a AC-58b AC-140 A B DC-1 DC-3 DC-5 DC-6 DC-12 DC-12 DC-13 DC-13 DC-14 DC-20 DC-21 DC-22 DC-23 DC-31 DC-33 DC-36 DC-40 DC-41 DC-43 DC-45 DC-46 Typical Applications Switching of electric discharge lamp controls Switching of incandescent lamps Switching of transformers Switching of capacitor banks Control of hermetic refrigerant compressor motors with automatic resetting of overload releases: 8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run Control of hermetic refrigerant compressor motors with automatic resetting of overload releases: intermittent duty Control of small electromagnetic loads with holding (closed) current 0,2 A, e.g. contactor relays Protection of circuits, with no rated short-time withstand current Protection of circuits, with a rated short-time withstand current Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces Shunt-motors: starting, plugging , inching , dynamic breaking of motors Series-motors: starting, plugging , inching , dynamic breaking of motors Switching of incandescent lamps Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with isolation by optocouplers Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with optical isolation Control of electromagnets Control of electromagnets Control of electromagnetic loads having economy resistors in circuit Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditions Switching of resistive loads, including moderate overloads Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloads (e.g. shunt motors) Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads (e.g. series motors) Resistive loads Motor loads or mixed loads including motors Incandescent lamp loads Distribution circuits comprising mixed resistive and reactive loads having a resultant inductive reactance Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces Shunt-motors: starting, plugging , inching , dynamic breaking of DC Series-motors: starting, plugging , inching , dynamic breaking of DC Switching of incandescent lamps Relevant IEC Product Standard 60947-4-3 60947-4-3 60947-4-3 60947-4-3 60947-4-2 60947-4-2 60947-5-2 60947-2 60947-2 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 60947-4-1 60947-5-1 60947-5-2 60947-5-1 60947-5-2 60947-5-1 60947-3 60947-3 60947-3 60947-3 60947-6-1 60947-6-1 60947-6-1 60947-6-2 60947-6-2 60947-6-2 60947-6-2 60947-6-2 Nature of CurrentAC, continued
Nature of CurrentAC and DC
Nature of CurrentDC
Notes 60947-1 IEC: 2004. Plugging is understood to be stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing motor primary connections while the motor is running. Inching is understood to be energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.
V5-T28-117
28.5
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-118

Reference Data
Motor Ratings Data

Ampere Rating of AC and DC Motors Ampere ratings of motors vary somewhat, depending upon the type of motor. The values given below are for drip-proof, Class B insulated (T Frame) where available, 1.15 service factor, NEMA Design B motors. These values represent an average full load motor current which was calculated from the motor performance data published by several motor manufacturers. In the case of high torque squirrel cage motors, the ampere ratings will be at least 10% greater than the values given in the following table. CautionThese average ratings could be high or low for a specic motor and therefore heater coil selection on this basis always involves risk. For fully reliable motor protection, select heater coils on the basis of full load current rating as shown on the motor nameplate.
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor

hp 1/4 Syn. Speed RPM 1800 1200 900 1/3 1800 1200 900 1/2 1800 1200 900 3/4 1800 1200 900 1 3600 1800 1200 900 1-1/2 3600 1800 1200 900 2 3600 1800 1200 900 3 3600 1800 1200 900 5 3600 1800 1200 900 7-1/2 3600 1800 1200 900 10 3600 1800 1200 900 15 3600 1800 1200 900 20 3600 1800 1200 900 Note 380V 50 Hz. Current in Amperes 200V 230V 380V 1.09 1.61 1.84 1.37 1.83 2.07 1.98 2.47 2.74 2.83 3.36 3.75 3.22 4.09 4.32 4.95 5.01 5.59 6.07 6.44 6.44 7.36 7.87 9.09 9.59 10.8 11.7 13.1 15.5 16.6 18.2 18.3 22.4 24.7 25.1 26.5 29.2 30.8 32.2 35.1 41.9 45.1 47.6 51.2 58.0 58.9 60.7 63.1 .95 1.40 1.60 1.19 1.59 1.80 1.72 2.15 2.38 2.46 2.92 3.26 2.80 3.56 3.76 4.30 4.36 4.86 5.28 5.60 5.60 6.40 6.84 7.90 8.34 9.40 10.2 11.4 13.5 14.4 15.8 15.9 19.5 21.5 21.8 23.0 25.4 26.8 28.0 30.5 36.4 39.2 41.4 44.5 50.4 51.2 52.8 54.9 0.55 0.81 0.93 0.69 0.92 1.04 0.99 1.24 1.38 1.42 1.69 1.88 1.70 2.06 2.28 2.60 2.64 2.94 3.20 3.39 3.39 3.87 4.14 4.77 5.02 5.70 6.20 6.90 8.20 8.74 9.59 9.60 11.8 13.0 13.2 13.9 15.4 16.3 16.9 18.5 22.0 23.7 25.0 26.9 30.5 31.0 31.9 33.2 460V 0.48 0.70 0.80 0.60 0.80 0.90 0.86 1.08 1.19 1.23 1.46 1.63 1.40 1.78 1.88 2.15 2.18 2.43 2.64 2.80 2.80 3.20 3.42 3.95 4.17 4.70 5.12 5.70 6.76 7.21 7.91 7.92 9.79 10.7 10.9 11.5 12.7 13.4 14.0 15.2 18.2 19.6 20.7 22.2 25.2 25.6 26.4 27.4 575V 0.38 0.56 0.64 0.48 0.64 0.72 0.69 0.86 0.95 0.98 1.17 1.30 1.12 1.42 1.50 1.72 1.74 1.94 2.11 2.24 2.24 2.56 2.74 3.16 3.34 3.76 4.10 4.55 5.41 5.78 6.32 6.33 7.81 8.55 8.70 9.19 10.1 10.7 11.2 12.2 14.5 15.7 16.5 17.8 20.1 20.5 21.1 21.9 2200V

Reference Data
28.5
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor, continued

hp 25 Syn. Speed RPM 3600 1800 1200 900 30 3600 1800 1200 900 40 3600 1800 1200 900 50 3600 1800 1200 900 60 3600 1800 1200 900 75 3600 1800 1200 900 100 3600 1800 1200 900 125 3600 1800 1200 900 150 3600 1800 1200 900 200 3600 1800 1200 900 250 3600 1800 1200 900 300 400 500 1800 1200 1800 1800 Current in Amperes 200V 230V 380V 69.9 74.5 75.4 77.4 84.8 86.9 90.6 94.1 111 116 117 121 138 143 145 150 164 171 173 177 206 210 212 222 266 271 275 290 60.8 64.8 65.6 67.3 73.7 75.6 78.8 81.8 96.4 101 102 105 120 124 126 130 143 140 150 154 179 183 184 193 231 236 239 252 292 293 298 305 343 348 350 365 452 458 460 482 559 568 573 600 678 684 896 1110 36.8 39.2 39.6 40.7 44.4 45.7 47.6 49.5 58.2 61.0 61.2 63.2 72.9 75.2 76.2 78.5 86.8 90.0 91.0 93.1 108 111 112 117 140 144 145 153 176 177 180 186 208 210 210 211 257 265 266 279 338 343 345 347 392 395 518 642 460V 30.4 32.4 32.8 33.7 36.8 37.8 39.4 40.9 48.2 50.4 50.6 52.2 60.1 62.2 63.0 65.0 71.7 74.5 75.0 77.0 89.6 91.6 92.0 96.5 115 118 120 126 146 147 149 153 171 174 174 183 226 229 230 241 279 284 287 300 339 342 448 555 575V 24.3 25.9 26.2 27.0 29.4 30.2 31.5 32.7 38.5 40.3 40.4 41.7 48.2 49.7 50.4 52.0 57.3 59.4 60.0 61.5 71.7 73.2 73.5 77.5 92.2 94.8 95.6 101 116 117 119 122 137 139 139 146 181 184 184 193 223 227 229 240 271 274 358 444 2200V 23.6 24.2 24.8 29.2 29.9 30.9 34.8 35.5 37.0 46.7 47.0 49.4 57.5 58.5 60.5 69.0 70.0 91.8 116
Single-Phase AC Motors The following values of fullload currents are for motors running at usual speeds and motors with normal torque characteristics. Motors built for especially low speeds or high torques may have higher full-load currents and multispeed motors will have full-load current varying with speed, in which case the nameplate current ratings shall be used. The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. The currents listed shall be permitted for system voltage ranges of 110 to 120 and 220 to 240V.
Table 430.248. Full-Load Currents in Amperes, Single-Phase AlternatingCurrent Motors

hp 1/6 1/4 1/3 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 7-1/2 10 115V 4.4 5.8 7.2 9.8 13.8 16 20 24 34 56 80 100 200V 2.5 3.3 4.1 5.6 7.9 9.2 11.5 13.8 19.6 32.2 46 57.5 208V 2.4 3.2 4.0 5.4 7.6 8.8 11 13.2 18.7 30.8 44 55 230V 2.2 2.9 3.6 4.9 6.9 8 10 12 17 28 40 50
Note 380V 50 Hz.
V5-T28-119
28.5
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
V5-T28-120

Reference Data
DC Motors The following values of fullload currents are for motors running at base speed. These are average directcurrent quantities.
Three-Phase AC Motors The following values of fullload currents are typical for motors running at speeds usual for belted motors and motors with normal torque characteristics. Motors built for low speeds (1,200 RPM or less) or high torques may require more running current and multispeed motors will have
full-load current varying with speed. In these cases the nameplate current rating shall be used. The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. The currents listed shall be permitted for system voltage ranges of 110 to 120, 220 to 240, 440 to 480 and 550 to 600V.
Table 430.247. Full-Load Current in Amperes, Direct-Current Motors

Armature Voltage Rating hp 1/4 1/3 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 120V 3.1 4.1 5.4 7.6 9.5 13.2 17 25 40 58 76 240V 1.6 2.0 2.7 3.8 4.7 6.6 8.5 12.2 20 29 38 55 72 89 106 140 173 206 255 341 425 506 675 Ampere Capacity of Fuses for Motors Recommended Values 120V 240V 5 5 7 10 15 20 25 30 50 80 100 3 3 3 5 7 10 12 15 25 40 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 275 350 500 600
Table 430.250. Full-Load Current Three-Phase Alternating-Current Motors

Induction Type Squirrel Cage and Wound-Rotor Amperes hp 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 4.4 6.4 8.4 12.0 13.6 2.5 3.7 4.8 6.9 7.8 11.0 17.5 25.3 32.2 48.3 62.1 78.2 92 120 150 177 221 285 359 414 552 2.4 3.5 4.6 6.6 7.5 10.6 16.7 24.2 30.8 46.2 59.4 74.8 88 114 143 169 211 273 343 396 528 2.2 3.2 4.2 6.0 6.8 9.6 15.2 22 28 42 54 68 80 104 130 154 192 248 312 360 480 1.1 1.6 2.1 3.0 3.4 4.8 7.6 11 14 21 27 34 40 52 65 77 96 124 156 180 240 302 361 414 477 515 590 0.9 1.3 1.7 2.4 2.7 3.9 6.1 9 11 17 22 27 32 41 52 62 77 99 125 144 192 242 289 336 382 412 472 16 20 26 31 37 49 60 72 83 95 103 118 Synchronous Type Unity Power Factor Amperes 460V 26 32 41 52 61 78 101 126 151 201 575V 21 26 33 42 49 62 81 101 121 161 2300V 12 15 20 25 30 40 53 63 83 104 123 155 202 253 302 400
115V 200V 208V 230V 460V 575V 2300V 230V
Notes These are average direct-current quantities. For 90 and 80 percent power factor, the above gures shall be multiplied by 1.1 and 1.25 respectively.

Freedom Series Data

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Freedom Series Data

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

NEMA Contactors and Starters

NEMA AN16DN0AB NEMA Size 1 Starter

NEMA Size 1 Contactor

Shoe BrakesAC and DC Magnetic

Volume 5Motor Control and Protection CA08100006EMay 2011 www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors and Starters

Features, Benets and Functions

Volume 5Motor Control and Protection CA08100006EMay 2011 www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors and Starters

Standards and Certications

ISO 9000 Certication

Short Circuit Protection

Catalog Number Selection

Device Assembly Configuration 70 = Multi-speed 1 = Non-reversing 5 = Reversing

Volume 5Motor Control and Protection CA08100006EMay 2011 www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors and Starters

Non-Reversing and Reversing Contactors

ContactorsNon-Reversing and Reversing

Features, Benets and Functions

Volume 5Motor Control and Protection CA08100006EMay 2011 www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors and Starters

NEMA Size 00 CN55AN3AB

480V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900

600V 2 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 600 900

Volume 5Motor Control and Protection CA08100006EMay 2011 www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors and Starters

Two-, Four- and Five-Pole Contactors Type CN15 NEMA ContactorsNon-Reversing

NEMA Size 2 Five-Pole Contactor CN15GN5AB

For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories, Pages V5-T28-28 and V5-T28-29.

Kits and Accessories

Publication Numbers G See Page V5-T28-30

Volume 5Motor Control and Protection CA08100006EMay 2011 www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors and Starters

Technical Data and Specications

Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings

Volume 5Motor Control and Protection CA08100006EMay 2011 www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors and Starters

Top Mtd. Aux.

Side Mtd. Aux.

Top Mtd. Aux.

Top Side Mtd. Mtd. Aux. Aux.

Top Mtd. Aux.

Top Mtd. Aux.

Side Mtd. Aux.

Top Mtd. Aux.

Side Mtd. Aux.

Side Mtd. Aux.

Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-20 Screws Size 3 A C

Mtg. Holes for (3) Screws Sizes 45

Mtg. Holes for (2) 5/16-18 Screws

Mtg. Slots for (2) 5/16-18 Screws

Dimensions and Shipping Weights

Volume 5Motor Control and Protection CA08100006EMay 2011 www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors and Starters

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Reversing ContactorsOpen Type

Top Mtd. Aux.

Top Mtd. Aux.

Top Mtd. Aux.

Side Mtd. Aux.

Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-20 Screws Size 3

D Mtg. for (4) 1/4-20 Screws Sizes 45

Mtg. Holes for (6) 1/2-13 Screws Open TypeSizes 78 Horizontal

Mtg. Holes for (4) 3/8-16 Screws